LESSONS 
 
 IN THE 
 
 SCIENCE OF INFINITE SPIRIT, 
 
 A N I) THE 
 
 Christ .Method of 
 
 Come unto Me, all yc that labor and are hearv laden, 
 and 1 icill give you rest" 
 
 M. E. CRAMER, 
 
 2L~ E 
 
 PRICE, $1.75. 
 
C O P Y R I r, II T , I S 9 o , K V M . K . C R A M K R 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 As the lighthouse throws its beams to guide the mari- 
 ner through trackless waters, so upon the world's waste, this 
 book is sent out to warn the wayfarer from time and 
 place, and to guide him into the secure peace and rest of 
 Infinite Love. May this chart of divine experience and 
 illumination guide all pilgrims on the path of life into the 
 safe harbor of Infinite Love, or Unity and Truth. As the 
 light shining from the lighthouse warns from danger by 
 making clear the way of safety and therefore directs into 
 safe harbor, so the truth set forth in this book of lessons 
 will be seen to be that light manifest "that lighteth every 
 man that cometh into the world," to make clear the way to 
 the Christ consciousness, thus guiding into safe harbor of 
 Oneness with God, the Father. 
 
 \Ye purpose in this book, through the science of Infinite 
 Spirit Mind Principle to make clear that understanding 
 which unites all, and which alone reveals the true relation of 
 humanity to God, and the purpose of God in humanity, 
 which is the straight and narrow way that leads unto safety. 
 
 Contained in these pages, as in the universe, or realm 
 
 nature, is the spoken word of the science of God, 
 
 and of his creations ; of the science of Infinite Spirit, and 
 
 the orderly and harmonious method of divine procedure, 
 
 which clearly points the way by which humanity may be 
 
 260155 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 guided to that perfect light of understanding and wisdom 
 which alone accompanies the consciousness of truth. There- 
 fore the record of truth which this book contains is the sure 
 beacon which points the way to divine understanding of the 
 right conduct of life, as experienced, proven and demon- 
 strated by the author and many of her students. 
 
 Divine Science, the truth of Infinite Spirit and of its 
 creations, is a knowledge of God, and of the method of 
 generation and re-generation. Natural science deals with 
 effects in nature's realm, and treats of the relation of 
 things to things. Its theory is, that various and general 
 results proceed from particular causes, which causes are 
 themselves results. 
 
 The universal law of creation, or science of expression, 
 as alone taught and strictly adhered to at HOME COLLEGE, 
 is as essential to a perfect understanding of the detail of 
 science as is the statement of Being essential for the perfect 
 solution and demonstration of the science. 
 
 Therefore, in order to understand the height, and 
 depth, and breadth of the truth expressed in this book and 
 in the College teaching, it is necessary that the student hold 
 himself or herself at one with Infinite Spirit, and then expect 
 that what they read has been written from the conscious- 
 ness and realization of this eternal truth. 
 
 A knowledge of the way by which the Father manifests 
 in earth, is a knowledge by which the word is made iles'i. 
 and is a knowledge of generation from God the formless 
 
P R E F A C E . \ 
 
 Being to nature, the form, also a knowledge of re-genera- 
 tion back from nature or form, to God, the formless. As 
 in the science of numbers an understanding of principle 
 secures a correct solution and example, so in this Infinite 
 science, or truth, an understanding of Infinite Spirit secures 
 truthful conclusion and right word and action, thus proving 
 to a certainty that we are doing the Father's will. He who 
 is uncertain, hesitates, and he icho hesitates "is like a wave 
 of the sea, agitated and tossed by the wind." James 1-6. 
 He is like a ship in thick darkness, attempting to make safe 
 harbor without guidance from a beacon light, and is at the 
 mercy of wind and wave. Perfect knowledge of eternal life 
 is realization of eternal harmony ; and this is health, or 
 spiritual wholeness, and is for all who will partake of 
 truth. 
 
 Early one morning in the beginning of the year 1885, 
 during an hour of earnest meditation and prayerful seek- 
 ing, the writer asked if there was any way, means or power, 
 by which she could be healed. This question was asked 
 with faith, believing that it would be answered, and with 
 willingness to cheerfully abide by the decision, whatever it 
 might be (many physicians having pronounced her case 
 incurable); the answer immediately came in the inmost 
 perception and understanding, that if she recovered, it 
 would be by the power of Infinite Spirit. She had then been 
 under medical advice and treatment for more than twenty 
 years, and had lost all hope of obtaining relief from medicine, 
 or from material remedies. Therefore, when from the 
 
V 1 P R E F A C E . 
 
 Infinite One the message was received, which was the 
 intuitive response to her question, she turned all thought 
 and attention to Infinite Spirit for assistance for health, 
 knowledge and poxver, and for all that of which she then 
 believed herself to be in need. This was the first time 
 during her earthly experience that she had given up belief 
 in, and ceased seeking relief from, external remedies ceased 
 to expect health and happiness from effects. Therefore it 
 was the first time she had sought God, and Him only, with 
 singleness of purpose, expecting to realize that which was 
 being sought. 
 
 Great was the faith before God, for the thought was, 
 that if she could be healed by the power of Infinite Spirit, 
 she must seek Spirit as the means of health ; and to the 
 silent, soundless Presence, in which all live, and move, and 
 have their being, she said that if she could be thus healed , 
 it must be through a knowledge of the truth, which alone 
 frees, and if worthy to know the truth, in simple, fervid 
 faith, she would endeavor to serve truth by adjusting all her 
 ways and conditions to it. At that time she was almost 
 startled by her thought of promise, for she realized to whom 
 the promise was made. Day after day to the best of her 
 ability, as she practiced in thought, word and deed, the truth 
 perceived, she began to realize and positively know the 
 presence, goodness, wholeness, and perfectness of the One in 
 which all live. Prior to this practice, the presence of God 
 had been to her a vague belief. Cognition and demonstration 
 

 
 P R E F A C E. V 1 1 
 
 of first and final truth have gone hand in hand from the time 
 of this, her first perception from the Spirit of Truth, which 
 was a gleam of light that animated hope of final recovery. 
 Therefore, conscious unity with God, perfect health, and a 
 knowledge of the detail of science, resulted from faithfulness 
 in practcie. 
 
 Science, or Truth, and the Christ method of healing as 
 taught in HOME COLLEGE, of which these lessons are 
 representative, has been intuitively perceived, analyzed, 
 systematized, and practically demonstrated by the author. 
 
 When the decision was willingly made to impart to 
 others the truth perceived, immediately Divine understand- 
 ing made clear the truth that all reasoning must be from the 
 plane of Infinite Spirit all analysis must be from the stand- 
 point of Principle God must be the subject and cause of 
 all conclusions, if they be those of truth. 
 
 Since her awakening to the consciousness of truth, her 
 work has been to systematize the science of Infinite Spirit, 
 to teach it in both written and oral lessons, to demonstrate 
 it by healing and by imparting the knowledge to others, 
 thus enabling them to demonstrate the same power and 
 truth in healing by the same means, proving the omni* 
 presence of the Spirit of Truth. 
 
 In the silent, soundless, and formless Presence, the 
 Giver of all good, the science, including the detail, has been 
 by her perceived and realized. Therefore her work has 
 been and is that of teaching humanity, and pointing the war 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 by which all may turn, seek and find, that God, the source 
 of all power, wisdom, and goodness, is no respecter of 
 person, pointing the way by which all "may look to the 
 Lord and Live." "So, if any one of you be deficient in 
 wisdom, let him ask from God, who imparts liberally to 
 all, and does not censure, and it will be given to him." 
 We teach that God, the Father, sustains the same relation 
 to each and all. "If ye continue in my words, then are ye 
 my disciples indeed." "And ye shall know the truth, and 
 the truth shall make you free." John viii : /j. 
 
 These lessons are' intended to be studied and applied ; 
 which means health, happiness and illumination, with the 
 consciousness of Spirit. 
 
 To be healed, means a spiritual or normal condition. 
 It means ease instead of dis-ease, love, not fear, charity in 
 place of unkindness, faith, not doubt, truth, not error, 
 knowledge, instead of opinion, happiness, in place of sorrow, 
 harmony, not discord ; that is, understanding takes the place 
 of mental darkness. To be healed, means realized unity 
 with God, the ever-present source of all good. 
 
 These lessons have been prepared in lecture form and 
 carefully worded, that the idea of the Father be prominent 
 in every sentence ; that you may heal yourselves, and teach 
 and heal others. For all must have a certain amount of 
 mental discipline before they can heal, or understand why 
 truth does heal. . 
 
 If these lessons be studied, understood and applied, 
 students will be prepared for a College course; so that with 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 ie discipline of one course of primary instruction, they 
 may enter the normal class, and there demonstrate under- 
 standing, and go forth, bearing the message of the gospel 
 of peace, and healing the sick of false belief. 
 
 We know there are earnest seekers in all parts of the 
 d who are thirsting for the truth that is promised to 
 make free persons who are "heavy laden" with mortal 
 cares and mortal beliefs who cannot enter a HOME COLLKC ;E 
 of Science, or even attend a course of class-teaching in 
 Science and healing. To these dear sisters and brothers this 
 book of lessons will be a messenger of peace, giving rest, 
 health and happiness. 
 
 They will also prove of great value alike to teachers 
 and healers who are in this field of work. 
 
 They who know God, the Father, also know truth, the 
 son, both unmanifest and manifest, for the truth is the idea 
 or eternal word implanted within the individual, and the 
 same is inherent in God, which is the idea and possibility of 
 Himself; therefore, Truth is God and God is truth. " I am 
 the way, the truth, and the life." "To this end was I born, 
 and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear 
 witness of the truth." Witness of myself, for I am truth. 
 ' ' Everyone who knows and understands that he is of the 
 truth, hears and comprehends my words." They who 
 know God, also know of their own oneness with Him, and 
 of the truth about His creations ; and they can bear witness 
 of the same in many ways, can demonstrate freedom, health 
 
X P R E F A C E . 
 
 and power. They who do not realize God's presence, in 
 which they live and have their being, do not realize the 
 truth of themselves, and such are heard to exclaim, What 
 is truth? as did Pilate to Jesus, who stood before him, 
 conscious of being God manifest in the flesh. To ask what 
 is truth, is but to ask what is God ; and if truth be not known 
 unmanifest and when manifest, then God is not known 
 unmanifest or manifest ; and while He is everywhere an 
 invisible presence, and is also apparent in the world of 
 effects, the unillumined intellect continues to ask for a sign, 
 or a symbol of His presence. A knowledge of truth is a 
 knowledge of the science of God. God understanding and 
 consciousness, and truth understanding, and consciousness 
 are identical ; for it is impossible to conceive of truth that is 
 not of God, or conceive of God without knowing truth ; and 
 in this oneness is love and wisdom conceived and realized, 
 the demonstration of which is healing. 
 
 To have a knowledge of God and truth, and have faith 
 in and love for Him of whom we have knowledge, is to be 
 healed and to have power to heal. Permanent health is 
 truth and infinite harmony, understood and believed in. 
 Humanity has ever held and will ever hold the same relation 
 to God, that it does at this time ; so we have only to perceive 
 its p'resent relation to Him in order to know the truth of 
 both the past and the future. God is One, and His method 
 is one at all times; therefore, in science or truth, time and 
 place are terms which balong to appearance only. 
 
1 NTRODUCTORY. 
 
 Mathematics is that science which treats of the exact 
 relations existing between quantities or magnitudes, and oi 
 the methods by which quantities sought are deducible from 
 other quantities known or supposed. And the science oi 
 Infinite Spirit, or God, is that science which includes all 
 sciences, or truth ; which treats of the exact relations of 
 souls and of nature to God ; in other words, which treats of 
 the true and exact relation of all things that are manifested 
 be they invisible or visible to sense to their parent source. 
 
 A mathematical demonstration is one that accords with 
 unchanging law, or principle ; one which expresses and 
 - the principle. So it is axiomatic, that there is an 
 unchanging law or principle which underlies mathematical 
 demonstration. A truthful conclusion or harmonious ex- 
 pression, is one that is in exact accord with unchanging law, 
 >r principle, one which expresses and proves the law 
 of love or Principle of Life ; so it is axiomatic, that there is 
 an unchanging law of love, or Principle of Life underlying 
 truthful conclusion and harmonious expression. 
 
 As the Supreme, Infinite source of Being is One, its 
 method of demonstration is one. As in the study of the 
 science of numbers, all problems solved are in exact accord 
 with the principle, so in the study of the science of Infinite 
 Spirit, all truthful conclusions formed are in exact accord 
 
Xll INTRODUCTORY. 
 
 with Infinite Spirit; and the purpose in studying the science 
 of Infinite Spirit, or Life, is that of finding- where and what 
 Spirit, or God, is that which is "yesterday, to-day and 
 ever the same ;" and that we may speak the word of recon- 
 ciliation, and make manifest and demonstrate Truth with 
 mathematical precision and accuracy ; also, that we may 
 learn to work in exact accord with Infinite Spirit, in thought, 
 word, and deed, by imaging its attributes and unchanging- 
 truth in consciousness through correct and careful thinking. 
 
 To have no other God before Me, is to acknowledge 
 God in all our ways, \vhich means to have no ways that are 
 unlike and that are not His ; then He will direct the path 
 which leadeth unto all wisdom,. to a perception of all truth, 
 and thus the problem of life is solved. 
 
 The science of Infinite Spirit is the way to truth and 
 life; its teaching instructs how to express, according to 
 principle or the law of Being, in thought, word, and deed ; 
 and when thought and all its decisions is according to divine 
 law, we know that we demonstrate with mathematical accu- 
 racy in the body, and in word, deed, and sensation. ' ' Mathe- 
 matics has not even a foot to stand upon, which is not pure- 
 ly metaphysical. All parts of knowledge have their origin 
 in metaphysics, and finally, perhaps, resolve into it. "- 
 De Quincy. 
 
 Mathematics is the science of first principle, law, or 
 cause that which precedes the physical ; for as the principle 
 or problem is prior to the mental solution, so the mental 
 
INTRODUCTORY. Xlll 
 
 solution necessarily precedes the written or spoken example. 
 There cannot, therefore, be an example without the princi- 
 ple ; for an example is a symbol of the perfect idea, so that 
 the senses may cognize it. 
 
 There cannot be an expression without an expressor, 
 nor a creation without a creator ; there cannot be a visible 
 appearance without the presence of the invisible ; neither 
 can there be a material form of matter, or of thought, as in 
 speech, or course of action, without the presence of the 
 formless and maker of forms. A form of any kind, is a 
 symbol of an idea : /. e. , an idea spoken that the senses may 
 cognize it principle symboled. 
 
 Principle means highest, first ; that from which anything 
 proceeds. Wisdom is the principle source from which 
 knowledge is manifest. As in the science of mathematics, 
 the principle is the highest or first, and is that from which 
 the solution and example proceeds, so Infinite Spirit, God, 
 or Goodness, is highest and first, and is that from which 
 creation proceeds ; and as the principle of mathematics is 
 prior to and greater than the example, so the Spirit of God, 
 or Goodness, is prior to and greater than creation. 
 
 Physical forms in nature hold the same relation to God, 
 that examples in mathematics do to the principle. The 
 examples demonstrated in mathematics, are symbols of the 
 possibilities in principle, and created forms demonstrated in 
 nature, are symbols of the ideas of Infinite Spirit ; neither 
 arc life, knowledge, or power, but they are proof of the 
 
XIV INTRODUCTORY. 
 
 presence of life, knowledge, and power. We must find our- 
 selves as one with that which is prior to creation, and place 
 this truth first and foremost in our thought, as a basis for 
 thought, before we can demonstrate harmoniously and 
 mathematically, or interpret ourselves truthfully. l ' As the 
 harmony of a sentence is promoted by adapting the sound 
 to the sense," or as the meaning of an idea is fully expressed 
 only by adapting thought, voice, and action to its meaning, 
 so the harmony in our existence is promoted by adapting 
 thought, word, and deed to that which is to be expressed, 
 and that which is to be expressed, is the Infinite Spirit of 
 God, or Truth. 
 
 Harmony in created things is to be promoted by 
 perceiving their true relationship to their source, and then 
 adapting thought, word, and deed to harmonize with things 
 as perceived. Harmonious expression and truthful inter- 
 pretation are one ; so the truth of God, which is wholeness, 
 health, and happiness, is as simple as the multiplication 
 table, and as easily understood. Science understood is truth 
 ascertained, which is exact knowledge ; we cannot ascertain 
 truth, or gain exact knowledge, but of that which is exact 
 and unchanging. So true knowledge consists in knowing 
 first cause, law, or absolute power, considered apart from 
 application. The practice of science, or truth, is the adjust- 
 ment or reconciliation of thought, word, and act to first 
 cause, Divine Law, . and power. Therefore the demonstra- 
 tion of the science of Spirit, brings forth manifestation from 
 that Spirit according to the law of God, which is love. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 LESSON L 
 
 Divine Being, in which we Live, ..... 77 
 
 LESSON II. 
 Thought ; The Ideal Creation, and Creative or Imaging Power 33 
 
 Guide to Truth 45 
 
 Healing Thought, ......... 46 
 
 LESSON IIL 
 
 The Effect or Fruit of Thought, ^V 
 
 Truth, 49 
 
 Conclusion, . . . . . . . . 57 
 
 LESSON IV. 
 
 The Way of Reconciliation, jp 
 
 The Old and the New, 59 
 
 The False and the True, 61 
 
 What to Deny and what to Affirm, . .... 66 
 LESSON V. 
 
 Preface, 70 
 
 Baptism by the Spirit 70 
 
 Subject : Science, the Prayer of L'ndtrstanding, . . .77 
 LESSON VI. 
 
 Preface, 81 
 
 Prayer of Understanding and Thanksgiving* . . . 81 
 
 Subject : Faith, the Substance of things Hoped for, . . .83 
 
 LESSON VII. 
 
 Intuition, the Eye of Understanding. Healing Affirmations, 93 
 LESSON VIII. 
 
 Attributes of Infinite Spirit, 707 
 
 Words of Healing, 120 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 Truth's Practice, 122 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 Preface, 739 
 
 Expansion into Consciousness, /jp 
 
 Subject : The Spoken Word, or the Purpose of Life in Creation 143 
 
xviii TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 LESSON XL 
 
 The Spoken Word (Continued} .... . 755 
 
 The Divine Order, or The Science of Expression, . . 75^ 
 
 LESSON XI L 
 
 Conclusion, ........ . 767 
 
 Questions and Answers, ....... 77^ 
 
 SHORT LESSONS AND MEDITATIONS. 
 
 1. Want, Love and Works, 797 
 
 2. The Law, 200 
 
 3. The Ever New, ........ 202 
 
 j. Divine Love and Unity, 204 
 
 5. Blessedness, . . . . . . . . . 208 
 
 6. Judge Not, 209 
 
 7. Witness of Truth, .... . 210 
 
 8. Walk in the Light, . 215 
 
 o. "With what Measure Ye Mete" 216 
 
 MED IT A TIONS. 
 
 /. What is Justice f . . 221 
 
 2. Harmony, ......... 222 
 
 3. " There is none good, but One,''' 1 ..... 223 
 
 4. " Thy faith hath saved thee," . .... 22+ 
 
 5. Freedom, 225 
 
 6. "Blessed are they ivhich do hunger and thirst,' 1 ' 1 . . 226 
 
 7. Hope, '. 227 
 
 8. Faith, or Divine Will, . 228 
 
 9. How should desire be overcome ? . . . . 230 
 
 10. "Come unto Me" 231 
 
 if. What is Mesmerism ? 234 
 
 12. "Jesus Wept," 236 
 
 13. "Seek and ye shall find," 237 
 
 14. Understanding and its Realization, .... 239 
 
 75. Great Religious Teachers, . . . . . . 2.4.1 
 
 1 6. " Take my Yoke upon You," ...... 243 
 
 77. Eternal Punishment, ' 24.5 
 
 Paragraphs, 248 
 
 ILL UMINA TION. 
 
 Subject : The Way and Will of Universal Spirit, . . 253 
 
DIVINE SCIENCE, AND HEALING, 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 DIVINE BEING. IN WHICH WE LIVE. 
 
 1. The science of Infinite Spirit and its application in 
 Christian healing consists in defining Spirit unmanifest, its 
 law and method of manifestation ; also in knowledge of 
 how to work with that law, and \\o\v to demonstrate the 
 soul's true relation to unmanifest Spirit or God, and in 
 correcting the delusive testimony of the senses the object 
 of science is to raise all to God consciousness, above the 
 dominion of the senses to the plane of reality, understanding, 
 and perfect faith. 
 
 2. The names, Theosophy and Christian Science, when 
 given their true and universal interpretation, cover the same 
 ground as does the Science of Infinite Spirit ; for there is 
 but one science. ' ' Where there is truth there is no differ- 
 ence." Christ Jesus God with us taught that God is 
 Spirit, and as he taught God's truth he taught the science 
 of Infinite Spirit. It follows that all who arrive at first and 
 final truth will recognize the same central truth as did he 
 
I SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 whenever and wherever expressed, and will in time analyze 
 and work out that interior truth the same in detail. All 
 personalized religions of ancient and modern times are based 
 upon truth, and are included within the one truth, or 
 science ; for Truth or Spirit is infinite. No individual religion 
 has all of truth to the exclusion of another. God is no 
 respecter of persons. He pervades all alike ; and has 
 informed all alike, who have turned to Him in faith, believing. 
 That is, all who have in mentality conformed to the 
 unchanging principle or permanent good, have been 
 informed by the Spirit, of the same truth. 
 
 3. In all things right beginning is essential to a correct 
 ending. An infinite foundation is necessary for the erection 
 of the permanent mansion of Truth. An absolute and un- 
 changing Principle underlies all expression, by which to 
 solve the problem of life and produce correct and harmonious 
 results. To state a problem correctly we must perceive the 
 principle underlying it ; and in order to work out the prob- 
 lem correctly, the successive steps must be taken in agree- 
 ment with the principle. To state Truth correctly and express 
 harmony, it is essential that we perceive the unchanging 
 truth of Being which underlies existence, and then proceed 
 to make our statements in unison with Being. 
 
 4. The true method of conveying knowledge in Divine 
 Science is that of reasoning from the abstract to the concrete ; 
 from the Infinite to the finite ; or from the uncreate to crea- 
 
DIVINE BEING. 19 
 
 tion. This method is the key that unlocks the door to the 
 chamber of Divine Wisdom and Eternal Life. Teachers 
 can state the truth, and give the basic principles to their 
 pupils ; but the pupils must work to prove the principles 
 for themselves by right thought and action. Earnest 
 application brings conviction, and conviction is realization. 
 Teaching, experience and proof go hand in hand. When 
 truth is once clearly defined to the student, the student 
 should hold that consciousness of truth, and refuse to 
 entertain its opposite until understanding comes, which 
 brings conviction with it, and erases error. 
 
 5. The Divine, which is silent and invisible, which was 
 and is, regardless of manifestation, and upon which all mani- 
 festation is dependent, cannot be comprehended by the 
 intellect. We can only realize the expression of the Divine 
 Attributes by what we recognize within our thoughts, and 
 demonstrate in word and deed by our thoughts. Just as 
 much truth as we acknowledge do we think and make 
 manifest. It is like that perceives like ; so it is Spirit God 
 which perceives its own truth the things of the Spirit. 
 
 6. STATEMENT OF BEING. 
 
 God is Spirit ; Mind ; Principle ; Infinite Being. 
 God is Immutable ; Indivisible ; One. 
 God is " Life ; Love ; Truth ;" Omnipresent. 
 Therefore Being is the permanent good uncreate, which 
 substands the three divisions of time, the past, present and 
 
20 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 future. ' ' There is one God and Father of all, who is above 
 all, and through all, and in you all." (Eph. iv:6.) The 
 limitless goodness is uncreate Being. This excludes the possi- 
 bility of there being another Life, Substance, or Power. 
 There are no powers that are not good, ' ' for the powers that 
 be are ordained of God. ' ' A belief in two powers, one Good 
 and the other Evil, one warring against the other, and a belief 
 that Matter is Life, and has powers and laws that are opposed 
 to Infinite Spirit, is the division which causes all desolation. 
 The belief that we have a lower and higher nature, one warring 
 with'the other, or that we have a Lower self and a Higher self, 
 each striving to rule/ is as a house divided against itself; 
 this belief has brought desolation, division and delusion upon 
 humanity ; and has engendered feelings of separateness from 
 God or Goodness, resulting in jealousy, hatred and enmity, 
 one against another. 
 
 7. Intuition the eye of understanding perceives but 
 one power, God one substance, Faith and one law, Love. 
 Therefore, we can have but one nature and one Self and 
 the nature of that self is good ; because there is but One 
 source from which that nature can be derived. God created 
 not in time, but in thought ; then the ideal image is a thought 
 creation of Infinite Mind in the likeness of idea ever in Infi- 
 nite Mind, and we as individuals are all children of one 
 source. Not until through divine understanding we come to 
 know that there can be but one source and power, do we 
 feel on" good terms with ourselves, or that we are in harmoni- 
 
DIVINE BEING. 21 
 
 ous relation with the infinite Source or Being in which we 
 live. Ignorance, or the lack of understanding in expression, 
 is the source of the erroneous race belief in two powers ; for 
 this belief is judgment rendered on authority of what the 
 senses reveal intellectual reasoning. And just the oppo- 
 site of the testimony of the senses is Divine Truth. 
 
 8. Intellect uninformed of the Spirit will oppose these 
 truths ; but, when serving the Spirit it will affirm them. 
 When intellect rules it argues in favor of sense-perception, 
 for the purpose of sustaining differences. It places limits 
 upon goodness and doubts the power of God. It perceives 
 God or goodness in the distance, which makes the possible 
 seem impossible. It argues that Divine Truth was once 
 understood and will be again, but it cannot be understood 
 by us at this time. It holds all permanent good and knowledge 
 of the Divine at a distance, either in the past or in the 
 future. The intellectual unillumined are cold, for they feel 
 not the presence of the Holy Spirit or permanent Goodness 
 within ; through their efforts to sustain apparent limitations 
 the testimony of sense they make presumptuous state- 
 ments, some of which are as follows : 
 
 "We cannot know what God is. 
 
 ' 'We cannot come into consciousness of Him at any time> 
 except through foreign agents. 
 
 ' 'We cannot actually know anything that is eternal, while 
 in the physical body." 
 
22 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 They conclude that God's present ability consists in 
 just how much they know and understand. 
 
 The above statements of self-placed limitations prevent 
 the individual from realizing the ever present God, and from 
 knowing His own unlimited power. Until pride in opinions 
 as to limitation and personality are subdued, there is no intui- 
 tive answer, no spiritual truth, that can satisfy the questioning 
 of the intellect. 
 
 9. As spirit absolutely fills all and is Infinite, there 
 can be no power of evil. The belief of evil is a mis- 
 conception as to God being Infinite, All in All ; it cannot 
 therefore be real or permanent, because that condition of 
 mentality is not permanent ; its foundation is not truth. All 
 truth is real and eternal. The belief in an infinite good and 
 an infinite evil, co-eternal, has environed the mental expres- 
 sions of average humanity with fear and doubt, and with all 
 the sufferings that the sense of feeling when environed with 
 false beliefs, is heir to. It is the underlying error of all 
 errors ; all incorrect judgments relative to first cause are 
 traceable to this division in belief. It has kept the thought 
 and memory fluctuating between two beliefs, and this is 
 doubt. And where there is doubt there is no knowledge ; 
 for knowledge is a certain perception of truth, one, whole. 
 This division has also caused beliefs of fear ; and where there 
 is fear there is not perfect love, for ' ' Perfect Love casteth out 
 fear. ' ' Love is Unity ; and where there is unity, there is perfect 
 love; where there rs truth there is oneness not division. 
 
DIVINE BEING. 23 
 
 Where there is division there are beliefs in weakness and 
 lack of understanding; where there is belief in division, 
 perfect faith is not fully expressed; and without faith we 
 cannot come to realize that perfect satisfaction for which all 
 are longing and thirsting. It follows, that to realize that 
 there is but one power God is the basis of happiness, 
 health, love, faith, justice, knowledge and understanding. 
 
 10. The first step for the student of truth to take, is to 
 put away the belief of an evil power, and take his or her 
 stand in the foundation of unity that good is all there is. 
 Then by forming all conclusions from that basis, permanent 
 unfoldment of knowledge and power is assured. Good- 
 ness, or Spirit, can manifest nothing from itself that is not a 
 likeness of itself. This furnishes a basis from which to see 
 how many sense appearances there are, which are miscon- 
 ceptions of truth, from which we may free mentality by 
 refusing to credit them as real. Man, a divine and living 
 soul, is not two, he is one, a unit; complete in being; he is 
 not a lack of anything. We cannot say that Being lacks 
 anything. Limitation pertains to manifestation. Man is 
 complete because he has his Being in God and is infilled of 
 and informed by Him. Being is Spirit. To be is to be 
 Spirit. Then the Eternal Being, or Spirit, is the I Am of 
 every individual. "Ye are gods" the Soul is inherent 
 in the living God. 
 
 11. To you who read this lesson we would say, study 
 it; and keep the unity of absolute Being, also the oneness of 
 
24 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 life animating all things before you, as a guiding star, by 
 which to pattern your thoughts and deeds; or from which 
 to reason. When you once realize your relationship to 
 God and to all things, and can perceive God as much in 
 one place or thing as another, you have entered the path, 
 and have commenced to know what love and faith are. 
 You know all women and men as your divine sisters and 
 brothers, because you know the one parent source, which 
 includes all, and is the connecting link whose presence binds 
 all together as one family as one body, with one calling. 
 This will expand your inner consciousness, and you 
 will experience harmony. You are now free from the 
 delusive belief of separateness and division, which limited the 
 expression of understanding and veiled the manifestation 
 of consciousness. Now that you have entered the path, if 
 the windows of mentality be kept open to consciousness, the 
 ever present good, you will hear with the ear of under- 
 standing the inexpressible words of the silence, the voice of 
 the Supreme. The process of awakening has commenced, 
 and truth after truth will unveil within your consciousness; 
 and with every truth made apparent an error will flee before 
 it. We prophesy that in time you will realize that it is 
 not you personally or individually who live, but the Father 
 in you; that is, you will realize He is your light and life, 
 and that He lives in you. When the will and thought is 
 that of the Father's, this understanding follows. 
 
 1 2. If, while first studying this lesson you think you 
 
DIVINE BEING. 25 
 
 do not understand it, do not argue with your previous 
 beliefs or with those of another about what you do not 
 understand; but in calm meditation reason from the plane 
 of unity. Commence your calculation where all things 
 commence, in the Infinite; and base no conclusion on appear- 
 ance or expression, and you will know the truth that frees. 
 What is truth ? 
 
 God is truth. 
 
 To perceive all things embraced within God and per- 
 vaded by Him, is truth. 
 
 To say that all things are embraced within God and 
 pervaded by Him is to speak the truth. 
 
 To know that God is the Life and Light of all at all 
 times is to know the truth. 
 
 To know that there can never be a time when the 
 Holy Spirit does not fill full his Holy Temple not made 
 with hands, is to know truth. 
 
 Another truth is, that all we know and have expressed 
 of Spirit, is by perceiving and thinking. 
 
 What naturally suggests itself to you at this point in 
 our lesson ? Is it not that the lesson of life to be learned is 
 to recognize the Divinity that is ever present, by conforming 
 all mental conditions to it, or by representing it in all your 
 ways ? Is not this the truth that is life to live ? And is 
 not this the religion which binds us to God which Jesus 
 practiced than which there is no higher ? 
 
26 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 1 3. The question will arise what is it that makes so great 
 a difference between individuals in thought, feeling, spiritual 
 unfoldment, and in bodily expression, in ease and dis-ease. 
 All invisible appearance is expression ; and the apparent 
 difference between the expressions pertain to the individual 
 experience in expressing innate attributes in mentality. This 
 question will be more fully treated in future lessons. 
 
 14. At the beginning of your perception of truth you 
 will naturally think that, if the all-good and all-powerful is 
 about us and through us, my duty is to recognize it and feel 
 happy and satisfied ; and that not to do so would be ingrati- 
 tude. You are now unwilling to entertain feelings of inhar- 
 mony. When these feelings come the shadows are dropping 
 off ; the longings of the heart are being gratified. When 
 the Infinite Spirit, in which soul is inherent, is acknowledged, 
 realization of the ever-present bridegroom the limitless 
 source of being is felt, and the two are understood to be one, 
 and the heart rejoices in the at-one-ment ; for this is the 
 union of Peace and Harmony, eternal in the heavens. 
 
 Recognition is the one demand made by principle, 
 which must be fulfilled if the solution of the problem be 
 correct. Acknowledgment is the one demand that God 
 makes of His children, which must be fulfilled if they know 
 Him and express harmony. Recognize Me in all your 
 ways is the voice of Spirit the Bridegroom to the child, 
 and you will demonstrate immortal power and know that 
 I am the Father of all that live. 
 
DIVINE BEING. 27 
 
 Acknowledgment or recognition is the way of the truth 
 and the life or Christ. Mere feeling should never be per- 
 mitted to form a basis for your judgment as to your real 
 condition. All truthful decisions of self are based on the 
 unchanging and undying ; this is righteous judgment ; it is 
 doing the will of the Father, which will awaken you to the 
 truth that frees. Truth, embodied, disembodies error. 
 
 15. You will perceive with the eye of understanding 
 by drawing the line between the permanent and the 
 temporal, the manifestor and the manifestation, the 
 immortal and the mortal; thus you will realize that the flesh 
 profheth nothing as a cause; 'tis the spirit that quickeneth; 
 ' ' the words that I speak they are spirit and they are life. ' ' 
 
 1 6. We know that you who study this lesson will not 
 allow yourselves for one moment to entertain feelings of 
 separateness from the good; and that you will soon cease 
 to entertain feelings of non-possession or doubt; for all your 
 affirmations will be upon the side of wholeness, possession 
 that which is permanent and health and harmony will 
 result therefrom. You will wish to change your conversation 
 concerning yourself being mortal and limited, and about 
 being environed by mortal things, which will remove self- 
 placed limitations, and free your perception. The Author 
 of your existence places no limit on your powers for good; 
 and how foolish it is for the individual to do so. 
 
28 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 17. The highest spiritual unfoldment is to be attained 
 by fulfilling the command, ' ( Thou shalt have no other Gods 
 before Me;" by refusing to let the senses speak in opposition 
 to the truth of Infinite Spirit, thus turning the thought to 
 omnipresent good. To turn in thought from good is to give 
 belief of its opposite a place. The above commandment 
 means to the scientist that the individual should not allow 
 himself to indulge in negative thought, that is, in thought 
 which contradicts the ever present positive good. Not until 
 the individual fully awakens to the understanding of his union 
 with God and to the truth that there has never been a separa- 
 tion, does his love and motive change : then it becomes a 
 most sacred privilege to think, speak and act like that which 
 he believes himself to be and to be surrounded by. You may 
 know the voice of Spirit by the nature of its affirmation ; 
 for it never denies itself, but always affirms its true being. 
 We shall come to know ourselves by the same method, 
 through self-perception, by affirming in thought and act 
 attributes of our Divine Being, thus demonstrating them 
 in our thought creations. Thought being the first-born of 
 God Principle the proof of the principle within us, is its 
 manifestation in thought. 
 
 1 8. In only one sense can it be true that our bodies 
 contain soul and Spirit, inasmuch as soul and Spirit pervade 
 body. But the new and true interpretation from the stand- 
 point of Spirit is, that Spirit contains both soul and 
 body, for it is everywhere, and can only be imaged or 
 
DIVINE BEING. 29 
 
 symbolled in form, but never divided or separated. In 
 Being we are perfect and complete; nothing lacking; but if 
 understanding be disregarded in thought, our manifestations 
 are imperfect and limited; for without recognition of under- 
 standing, consciousness is believed to be limited to mani- 
 festation the shadow land. 
 
 19. That we have not known our real self proves 
 nothing against our being real. We are not that which is 
 dependent upon recognition for being, but recognition, 
 objects and expression are the product and proof of our 
 Being. The folly of not knowing self as Divine Being has 
 bound mentality in chains by beliefs in ignorance, sorrow, 
 pain and death. The mental thus bound causes feeling to 
 take form or quality in dis-ease. The great delusion of the 
 world is ignorance, which consists in unsuspectingly taking 
 things for what they are not; e. g. , taking the expression 
 for the expressor, the body for self, the brain for mind, the 
 letter for spirit. But \vhen in the broad sunlight of 
 truth we by its light view ourselves as we are, soul and 
 Spirit, we realize the oneness and divinity of the life of all 
 things. How quickly this realization fills the heart with 
 universal love! Awakening a sense of universal justice; 
 and strength and harmony are the result. 
 
 T 
 
 PHYSICIAN AND METAPHYSICIAN. 
 
 20. The physician's method of interpretation is as 
 follows: He believes his patient to be a physical, visible 
 
30 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 being, afflicted with a physical disease, resulting from a 
 material cause; and he treats the body to cure the patient. 
 So, to remove the disease, which both doctor and patient 
 believe to be real, he applies a material remedy to remove 
 a material cause from a material body. The remedy and 
 body each being material external effects of an interior 
 cause to attempt to cure an effect with an effect is "a 
 kingdom divided against itself which cannot stand." The 
 basis of interpretation being false, its practice can at 
 best only change a belief for a belief, postponing 
 suffering. Medicine can never unfold a consciousness of 
 the immortal. It does not give us knowledge of ourselves, 
 which is the only permanent remedy for suffering. 
 
 The scientist or metaphysician's method of inter- 
 pretation is : He receives his patient as a pupil; and 
 perceives him or her to be Spirit and invisible a living 
 soul; in a perfect state of ease and rest; but holding beliefs 
 in mentality that are false of himself, which is the 
 disease that he feels. There is nothing in the body 
 or in mentality to be removed, that is real; but there is 
 something permanent for the patient to recognize and 
 manifest. The scientist's remedy is truth. Truth's practice 
 bears away all suffering. He gives this truth in a silent 
 lesson, first correcting the patient's false judgment of 
 himself. Then, by speaking the word of Spirit, he guides 
 the thought into consciousness of the truth about his being; 
 and Spirit responds to its own truth. There is but one 
 
DIVINE BEING. 31 
 
 Healer who, operating through all, can heal all errors 
 permanently. But if I cast out devils by the Spirit of God 
 (Truth) then the kingdom of God is come unto you, the 
 patient; which is the permanent remedy for all suffering, 
 and this is what is meant in the Bible by healing the sick 
 and overcoming evil with good. 
 
 PRACTICAL ADVICE TO STUDENTS. 
 
 2 1 . Renunciation and regeneration mean work. With- 
 out work you cannot turn away from old habits of belief 
 and conform to truth. 
 
 Since all that truly is, is good, there is no evil. 
 
 You will hasten your growth in understanding this 
 truth, if you study these lessons quietly, and without 
 debating about that which you do not understand. The 
 science of the silence can only be realized from passive, 
 tranquil Mind, which is God. 
 
 Do not at first attempt to account for special appear- 
 ances of so-called sickness, sin and sorrow; but stand firm 
 and unwavering to the truth, that the all is good; that God, 
 Spirit, is truly in every place, at all times. 
 
 Refuse to compromise the statement of being with intel- 
 lectual reasoning ; and you will soon begin to realize the 
 unreality of the appearance of sickness, inharmony and death. 
 As you become conscious of eternal life and truth, you will 
 know that there is no death. You will know that life is 
 ever life and cannot die; and suffering will flee away. 
 
32 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Put away each day the trifling things that would annoy. 
 Begin your days' labor with a thought of omnipresent 
 good; and as you meet the usual cares and vexations of 
 every-day life, which all have, say to each one as it comes 
 "it is nothing, it is of no importance whether it be this 
 way or otherwise." Then say to yourself, " I will perform 
 daily duties without being annoyed or troubled with them." 
 
 Think of yourselves, your children and all persons 
 not as they seem, but as they are, as that which is, was, 
 and always will be; as that which thinks and knows; both 
 the knowing and the knowable; that which manifests, and 
 which stands back of manifestation. Think of yourselves 
 as " hid with Christ in God;" be where He is and what He is, 
 with attributes of the eternal. From this standpoint you 
 can deny sickness intelligently, and master all the cares of 
 life. From this standpoint it is right for you to deny from 
 you all thoughts and feelings that are the opposite of Divine 
 Love, Truth, Knowledge, Power, Strength, Health and 
 Happiness, or Perfect Harmony. 
 
LESSON II. 
 
 THOUGHT ; THE CREATIVE OR IMAGING POWER. 
 
 "/;/ all thy ways acknowledge Him. and He will direct thy 
 paths. " Proi: Hi : 6. 
 
 1. These lessons are written in the natural order of 
 divine expression or unfoldment. In giving the Statement 
 of Divine Being as our first lesson, we commenced where all 
 things commence. So Thought, being the first-born of Being, 
 comes next in divine order, to be followed by the spoken 
 word, the effect of thought. As there is but One Infinite 
 Mind, or One All, in which are all souls, we cannot solve 
 the problem ot life if we lose sight of the principle of 
 Unity. To know Infinite Mind and the orderly method 
 in which it works in manifesting nature, is divine science, 
 or to know the relation of objects in nature to each other, 
 and to the Creator, is the truth of Spirit. The law of God 
 working in what is called natural expression, is the law 
 of Divine Love in the regular and orderly method of 
 divine thinking. 
 
 2. In Section 10 of first lesson, the student is instructed to 
 put away the belief in an evil power and come upon the basis 
 of unity as a preparatory step for a permanent awakening to 
 Divine Truth. Not until this division in belief is dispelled, 
 
34 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 and the eternal truth of unity established, will the student 
 become illumined with understanding and absolute conscious- 
 ness. When we know that there is but one Source and 
 Power, the thought ceases to fluctuate between two beliefs: 
 the one of good, and the other of evil ; then fear, which is its 
 outgrowth, ceases. Fear is the one error which weakens the 
 expression of Faith, causing it to yield or submit to delusion. 
 
 3. "If thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of 
 light." Perfect faith means to be undivided; and to be 
 undivided is certainty; and certainty is knowledge; and this 
 is wisdom. Then wisdom's way is unity or harmony. So 
 divine wisdom and perfect faith cannot be attained so long 
 as there is a lingering belief in evil or sickness as a reality; 
 and not until we know that there is but One All, which is the 
 perfection and goodness of the universe, can we fully realize 
 the truth that all misery is ignorance of the One. 
 
 4. In this lesson we will consider that you have cleared 
 away the mists of illusion by correcting false beliefs, and 
 are undivided in faith and perception, and that you are 
 holding to the truth that there is but One Life, which 
 fills you with the light of understanding and perfect faith. 
 The times are ripe for a complete change of thought, a spiritual 
 awakening. The greatest need of humanity is knowledge, 
 certainty ; a fixed and unwavering faith in goodness ; a 
 certainty of where to turn for health and happiness ; and 
 how to realize the peace and rest for which all are longing and 
 thirsting. Recognition is the method by which the ever 
 
THOUGHT. 35 
 
 present kingdom of God is realized ; we can only realize the 
 kingdom, power and glory in which we live, by recognizing 
 it in our own perfected thought. 
 
 5. Thought is the creative power, or formative energy, 
 and sustains a causal relation to sensation and to all external 
 expression. "To think is to prove that we are. I am, 
 therefore I think." Thought is the proof or evidence of 
 being, for there cannot be a thought without a thinker ; there 
 cannot be an expression without an expressor ; there cannot 
 be a form without the formless. Expressions of Universal 
 Love are the proofs of an Infinite Expressor ; for the expres- 
 sion, be it ever so perfect, cannot be as great as the Expres- 
 sor. The relation of Principle to Idea, or of God to the Soul, 
 is that of oneness ; God is the governing principle, the I Am 
 of every individual. The act of thinking is the act of forming 
 decisions; and decisions rendered are mental, and express, on 
 the sense plane. So, thought is that power which embodies 
 and reveals the Unrevealed, which manifests the Unmanifest. 
 The subject of greatest value for the World's consideration is 
 that of correct thinking, and how to think, in order to evoke 
 and bring forth into manifestation the wealth of power and 
 goodness in which all rest. This question of correct thinking 
 interests equally every man, woman and child in the invisible 
 and visible spheres. How to think that our thoughts may 
 truthfully represent Deity, is of equal value to all. 
 
 The true idealistic teaching is that thought is the first 
 expression of God ; the highest and most substantial ex- 
 
36 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 pression in the Universe. Visible creation is thought made 
 apparent to sense; invisible creation is idea made apparent to 
 Mind; both are in Divine Mind. Thought, says the Cabala, 
 is the source of all that is visible ; the first-begotten of the 
 great Unknown. The Hermetic philosophy defines thought 
 as the Son that is, the first-born. Correct thinking brings 
 harmonious results the right word and deed in the right 
 time and place. Ideas are possibilities of principle. Truthful 
 conceptions of ideas are living images formed in infinite 
 Mind in its likeness; they belong to Soul and are immortal, 
 for Truth expressed is God manifest the Christ revealed. 
 
 6. Truth is that which never changes ; it is the same 
 yesterday, to-day, and forever ; it appears alike to all persons, 
 at all times, in all places ; it is good for all at all times. In 
 the beginning God alone was ; that which was, is, and ever 
 will be. The first chapter of Genesis is an account of the 
 generations of the heavens and the earth when they were 
 created (in Infinite Mind, by thinking) ; in the day that the 
 Lord God made the earth and the heavens, and every plant 
 of the field before it was in the earth, and every herb of the 
 field before it grew. This truth is expressed in various alle- 
 gories in the ancient books of wisdom. " At the beginning 
 of a day of creation, Brahm, awakening from his sleep, begins 
 to think, and his thoughts call worlds into existence." The 
 sacred writings of the ages teach that all things are first crea- 
 ted ideal, the image of God's idea ; for His works represent 
 Him. His method is one; therefore, before anything can 
 
THOUGHT. 37 
 
 appear on this outer plane, it must have pre-existed as an 
 ideal creation or mental picture. You are to consider this as 
 an established or fixed law of creation. Thought is the 
 ancestor of word, deed and sensation ; it precedes speech, 
 whether the language be perfect or imperfect ; it precedes 
 sensation, whether it be pleasurable or painful. All external 
 appearances, seemings and reflections, that we sense, are the 
 result ot subjects thought about and decisions rendered and 
 held in mentality. 
 
 7. The Infinite Mind, in which all things are formed, 
 live and move, is termless and impersonal. To image Spirit 
 is to be impersonal and be universal in our thoughts and acts. 
 Truthful and permanent ideas are imaged and given form in 
 the Mind by the action of will and the power of thought, 
 according to the law of love. When love is embodied in 
 the ideal, the mental reflection is that of universal harmony. 
 As all expressions in Nature forms of mineral, vegetable, 
 animal, or human are the result of the force or action of 
 thought, we may say they are effects of the working of mind 
 through faith, which is the substance of things. 
 
 Perception cognizes thought ; therefore ( ' God saw every- 
 thing that He had made, and behold it was very good." As 
 there is but one method, we see the result of our thoughts in 
 our beliefs, conditions and environments. Thought shapes our 
 whole existence and determines our course in life, whether it 
 be that of success or failure. Therefore, it follows, that to 
 change physical form, or feeling, or any external condition^ 
 
38 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 success, or habit, we are first to change our thought and 
 belief relative to ourselves and conditions ; and if we would 
 externalize the perfect we must have the perfect idea apparent, 
 which is in absolute consciousness; if we would externalize 
 health, we must perceive that health is an idea to be made 
 apparent by holding it in memory. If we would have 
 harmonious conditions, we must perceive them and hold them 
 in thought. If we would heal humanity of their beliefs, and 
 do good, we must perceive the truth and speak it forth by 
 works of faith, by holding to the perfect idea of the immortal. 
 
 8. What the senses reveal to us as self is not self. We 
 can find ourselves only by seeking in the depths of Divine 
 Being (see Sec. 18, Lesson No. i); so our most important 
 work is that of transferring the action of thought which 
 many believe to be understanding from the temporal and 
 limited to the permanent and limitless, from matter to Spirit, 
 and thus awaken to the wealth of love and goodness that 
 clwelleth there. By knowing this good we give it expression, 
 and baptise the body with the living waters of eternal truth. 
 " Thought germs grow in mind as the seeds of plants grow 
 in the soil of the earth;" the latter are quickened by the 
 light of the sun, the former by the light of Divine Wisdom. 
 The spoken word of truth is Truth called into appearance, 
 or outer showing; its possibility or being is ever resting in its 
 source, Divine Spirit. Few persons have known that it was 
 possible to exert power over their own thoughts; but all must 
 learn to control their thoughts before they can become master 
 
THOUGHT. 39 
 
 .of their expressions or conditions. This can be accomplished 
 only by denying a place to thoughts that are not in unity 
 with Divine Being and your real self. For it is a law, as fixed 
 as the eternal law of mathematics, that as a man or woman 
 thinketh in their heart so is he or she in manifestation. The 
 nature of the beliefs which we hold in memory and dwell 
 upon, bring to us the experiences of our earthly lives, either 
 of pain or pleasure, sunshine or shadow. So it is by our 
 own thoughts and recognitions, that our conditions are 
 pleasant or unpleasant. We receive from Infinite Justice, 
 full payment for services rendered. 
 
 9. The Divine attributes of Mind are winged with 
 aspiration, ever ready, when recognized, for outward 
 manifestation. When we cleanse mentality by denying their 
 opposites a place, we are no longer ignorant of this truth. 
 
 10. The science of expression reveals the truth that 
 all mental conditions sustain a causal relation to a more 
 external reflection. Unless our ideals be based in truth we 
 cannot expect harmonious effects, for Health is the evidence 
 of harmoniously arranged thought; and appearance, called 
 disease, is the evidence of mharmoniously arranged thought. 
 Let the thought, that the all is good, possess you. 
 
 God's ideas, which are souls or sons, are perfect; all 
 His works are done in truth. Then, not until our decisions 
 of each other and of self be perfect, are we working in 
 concert with and doing the will of God; and, not until \ve 
 
4O SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 think the thoughts of Spirit is there a conscious at-one-ment, 
 or true atonement. And not until this state be reached will 
 there cease to be mental conflict and confusion in existence. 
 So, if we form the perfect idea of Divine Humanity, perceiving- 
 Spirit only, where there is nothing lacking morally, men- 
 tally or spiritually, we shall manifest power over all external 
 conditions. The question naturally arises, can we so frame 
 our thoughts ? We often hear about people changing their 
 minds; we certainly can change our thoughts and pattern after 
 the perfect, if we but make the effort; mental training is 
 required in order to expand thought unto consciousness and 
 know the light of unchanging Truth the Spirit; and thus 
 reveal and know more and more of the life and truth in 
 which we live, until we express or speak forth harmony divine. 
 
 ii. Truth is the one remedy that heals all error. 
 Where harmony or health is absent in expression, truth 
 recognized makes it manifest; which changes belief into 
 knowledge; truth's practice brings into expression the silent 
 attributes of the idea of God; it frees all who are heavy-laden 
 with error of belief, and gives peace and rest. Truth 
 frees, because it is free and limitless. 
 
 St. Paul, the great Christian Healer, said, the good 
 that I would I do not, but the evil that I would not, that I 
 do. Now, if I do that w r hich I would not, it is no more I that 
 do it, but evil that dwelleth in me. As the Spirit is all that 
 can truly say, I Am, unless we act in concert with Spirit, it 
 is no more I that act, but error of the personality acting in 
 
THOUGHT. 41 
 
 opposition to the impersonal Spirit. Such is the government 
 of sense (carnal mind), that to be carnally minded is death; 
 because we identify ourselves with matter, which has no 
 life, and believe it can give us satisfaction or dissatisfaction, 
 ease or dis-ease, which is death in belief unto truth. But 
 to be spiritually minded is life and peace. To be spiritually 
 minded is to be in truth, and to practice it. This is the work 
 of faith, which renews us in the Spirit of our Mind, by which 
 we know wholeness. 
 
 12. Decisions rendered upon authority of mere appear- 
 ance are false, and are negations of the living and true 
 Spirit; they are the confusion, dissatisfaction and general 
 discomfort that we feel; all know that many persons have 
 passed through the change called death, from fear of what 
 are called contagious diseases; fright has turned white the 
 hair in a single hour; fright may mark and disfigure the form, 
 or destroy the expression of life in the unborn child; thoughts 
 cause and cure disease. Fear invites the condition feared. 
 If we fear sickness, sorrow, evil, or anything, we virtually say 
 to the condition or thing feared, You have power over me; 
 thus are the mental and physical conditions disturbed, and 
 we decide that we are subject to the condition feared. Fear 
 comes from not knowing that which is real and permanent, 
 and by not being able to trust the temporal, which is all that 
 the senses know. 
 
 13. That which is seen and is called evil is in seeming 
 only, because the good is not known and realized ; all dis-ease 
 
42 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 is an unconsciousness of ease resulting from negation of Spirit 
 the Infinite power. Thought, which is the opposite of 
 Spirit, darkens mentality and veils it from understanding. 
 Grief is the mental side of many diseases, so-called. A 
 reflection of anger is inflammation. Anxiety and doubt are 
 fear ; they are at the root of every disease. Conditions that 
 represent beliefs called hatred, envy, jealousy, malice, cruelty, 
 revenge, prejudice, aversion, uncharitableness, are not born 
 of the Spirit, and are cause for suffering. 
 
 Spirit, being the All, its opposite must be falsehood ; for 
 this reason we feel uncomfortable under adverse believing ; 
 but if beliefs represent that which truly is, harmonious 
 conditions result therefrom. To the awakened, fear and 
 doubt are an injustice to the ever-present Spirit. We do 
 not change the attributes of Divine Mind by holding their 
 opposites in consciousness ; we cannot change the unchang- 
 ing principle ; but, thought being the means by which we 
 manifest, we do distort and limit our external manifestations 
 by our error of thought and perception. All conditions of 
 inharmony revealed by us are the externalizations of race- 
 beliefs, that have found lodgment in our beliefs. Condemna- 
 tion and fault-finding would not be entertained for a moment, 
 if we fully realized and trusted the ever-present good. These 
 race-beliefs are the result of selfness or personality, by which 
 individuals virtually attempt to take things in their own hands 
 and judge what should and should not be, and pass judgment 
 upon the power of good according to their temporal or carnal 
 
THOUGHT. 43 
 
 beliefs ; this condition represents one whose attention is fixed 
 in effect the letter ; resulting from personal desire, made 
 paramount over all else. As we perceive within ourselves 
 the love, goodness, and justice of the Life in which we live, 
 these errors drop away, and we realize that the great weight 
 of afflictions maintained by us were false beliefs. 
 
 14. False beliefs about ourselves are the delusions which 
 darken the intuitive vision, and when we lift the veil of 
 delusion and see ourselves as we are (v. Sec. 10, Lesson 
 No. i), thus putting away error of thought and perception, 
 then pain and discomfort drop from us as naturally as leaves 
 in autumn drop from trees. 
 
 One of the fundamental truths of the Science of Spirit 
 is, that all thought that is not in harmony with the omni- 
 present Spirit, is negation of it, and is the cause for in- 
 harmonious sensation. ' ' He that is not against us is for 
 us. ' ' Our moods of thought relate mentality to a like class 
 of thought wherever expressed. So, truthful thinking is the 
 only protection or safeguard against the erroneous race- 
 beliefs in sickness and sin. As long as we believe that good 
 and evil, health and disease, are equally real, we shall some- 
 time succumb to one belief, sometime to another. But when 
 once the eye of understanding is singled to Spirit, and Truth 
 alone is embodied in our ideal, all seeming burdens and in- 
 harmonies fall away. A house that is built upon sand, or a 
 castle in air, a structure with a sandy, or without foundation, 
 
44 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 must of necessity fall. So all sensuous illusions or opinions, 
 when exposed to the light of the Science of Infinite Spirit, 
 lose place and disappear from memory. 
 
 15. Knowledge manifest, is expanded thought or broad- 
 ened recognition. When we come into knowledge of that 
 which truly is, we have not changed anything except our 
 mental conceptions, which we have done by taking on the truth . 
 To know the truth is to know the permanent and unchang- 
 ing ; knowledge does not consist in knowing that temporal 
 things are, and thinking them real. Then, it follows, that 
 to speak the truth of yourself, is to speak truthfully of that 
 which is permanent and unchanging. Speak this truth, and 
 it will make you free. 
 
 1 6. To think and feel yourselves united with all human- 
 ity as one in hope, purpose and destiny (as you are in the 
 source of being), will determine the Universal Good to your 
 aid in all your works ; for in action you have asked, and 
 will receive ; you will externalize your own thoughts. To 
 express a permanent condition of harmony, you must 
 acknowledge the knowledge of Spirit, and work with it in all 
 your ways. First acknowledge that all that truly is, is 
 Spirit. Then, that all creations are within Infinite Mind 
 and are perfect expressions of its ideas. To consciously 
 unite yourselves with the Infinite Source, you must have 
 ideas that will pattern the attributes of Spirit. And Spirit 
 will guide you into all wisdom. "Being then made free 
 
THOUGHT. 45 
 
 from sin. we become servants of righteousness." (Rom. 
 vi : 1 8). When you believe yourselves perfect in Divine 
 Being, your thoughts and needs will conform with what you 
 perceive yourselves to be. That is, if your feelings be 
 harmonious, the perception and thought relating to self must 
 represent your Being as divine. Then, if you perceive 
 yourselves pervaded by the one Infinite Spirit, and possess- 
 ing possibilities Divine, you are in condition to represent 
 Being in all your ways ; it is only through unwavering faith 
 that we perceive and manifest truth and knowledge. 
 
 To arrive at Truth we must find the opposite of what 
 the senses reveal. So do not attribute power or quality to 
 disease ; do not name any appearance of inharmony ; do not 
 think or say that the body can environ or limit you in any 
 way, nor claim to be subject to feelings, sensations, or effect 
 of any kind. 
 
 GUIDE TO TRUTH. 
 
 Broad is the Way that Xarroic is the Way that 
 Icadeth to destruction. leadeth unto Life. 
 
 The belief in Affirm that you are 
 
 Death or Ignorance, Life, Truth and Understanding, 
 
 Hate or Weakness, Love and Strength, 
 
4 6 
 
 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Doubt or Fear, Knowledge and Faith, 
 
 Prejudice or Aversion, No respecter of persons, 
 
 Revenge or Cruelty, Justice and Mercy, 
 
 Disease or Evil, Harmony and Goodness. 
 
 Is the result of a belief in All that you show forth cr 
 separateness from God, and manifest of these qualities 
 the cause of all appearances represent you. This is speak- 
 of sin, sickness and sorrow, ing the word of Spirit and clc- 
 Therefore deny it from you. ing the Will of the Father. 
 "If thy right hand offend "The words that I speak unto 
 thee, cut it off and cast it you, are spirit and are life." 
 from thee." 
 
 What appears on the left hand is a misconception of 
 what we are in Truth ; and what appears on the right 
 hand is a truthful representation of what we are in Truth, 
 or Being. Therefore, keep the above before you as a 
 guide out of belief into knowledge, out of darkness into 
 light. 
 
 In giving the following treatment you are to realize 
 that your patient and yourself are what you affirm, and not 
 what you deny. 
 
 HEALING THOUGHT. 
 
 Matter is not sensation, intelligence, nor substance. 
 The race belief in sickness, sin and death, cannot affect Spirit, 
 
THOUGHT. 47 
 
 which is alone real. I am Spirit, or Life in action. I image 
 Spirit in thought, and live in the likeness of Life. That 
 through which God works to will and to do, cannot be im- 
 perfect. Truthful expressions are in the image of God, and 
 are one with the Father the Expressor. It is the will of 
 the Father that none should suffer. His ideas, which are 
 souls, are perfect. Therefore I deny all beliefs of imper- 
 fection, weakness and limitation from me, and affirm whole- 
 ness, strength and power for myself. I affirm that the king- 
 dom is within, and that there is nothing wrong, no lack of 
 power, within me. No false belief environs or limits me, 
 no shadow darkens my mental vision. God pervades his 
 holy temple at this time. I cannot get out of harmony, for 
 where the Father is, there is perfect peace and rest. I cannot 
 get out of health, for the Father is in me, around me, above 
 me, and everywhere. This is speaking the word and doing 
 the will of the Father. I am at rest in him. 
 
LESSON III. 
 
 THE EFFECT, OR FRUIT, OF THOUGHT. 
 
 Those who are working for effect are virtually striving 
 to make this plane of existence a plane of cause, for it is 
 both the subject and object of their consideration ; subject, 
 because they believe that effects can produce effects, and it 
 is the object, because they are working to produce effects. 
 The fact that they are thus striving is evidence of ignorance, 
 and this in a two-fold sense. 
 
 Firstly: through this error they have mistaken creations 
 for themselves ; e. g. , they have identified themselves with 
 the body ; and this identification has led them to conclude 
 that they are something that can be young or old, sick or 
 well, alive or dead ; whereas they are perfect and immortal 
 in Divine Being in the Father. 
 
 Secondly: through a lack of understanding they have 
 concluded that as they have the power to affect and effect 
 results, so have results the power to effect themselves or be 
 causes for other results. They argue thus, thinking they 
 are effects or results affecting other results. Hence the 
 World has a science (so called) built upon the theory that 
 various and general results proceed from particular ' ' causes' ' 
 which supposed causes are themselves results. 
 
EFFECT OF THOUGHT. 49 
 
 No effect can ever be cause, for the simple reason that 
 all effects are results of past thoughts and conclusions ; there- 
 fore they belong to the past and are things dead and done 
 with. But on the other hand, consciousness, the cause of 
 thought, is always present even presence itself; always liv- 
 ing even life itself; cause is always the doer, never the work 
 done ; the thinker, not the thought expressed. Hence, all 
 who identify themselves with effects work done or thought 
 expressed identify themselves with opinions rendered and 
 conclusions formed, which are the dead. And, if they identify 
 themselves with the dead, what else are they in their own 
 thought than dead ? The result of identifying one's self with 
 the past is death, or unconsciousness, and there is no other 
 death. To go away from God and identify ourselves with 
 effect, is going away from consciousness, and identifying 
 ourselves with unconsciousness. 
 
 Cease, then, from striving to make the visible world pro- 
 duce true happiness for you from seeking to make sensation 
 a cause of real joy. Place not your heart, dear student, upon 
 eirthly things, or your consciousness upon the things of the 
 past ; but live in the presence of the one that is ever 
 present, for this is Life eternal. 
 
 TRUTH. 
 
 There is but one life, which is Infinite Spirit ; Infinite 
 Spirit is the one Substance, which is Infinite Mind. 
 
50 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 There is but one Law, which is Infinite Love. 
 
 There is but one Method of Creation or manifestation, 
 which method is the act of Divine thinking. 
 
 The Life of the One is the Life of all. 
 
 The Substance of the One is the Substance of all ; and 
 produces all things. 
 
 That power which forms one thing forms all. 
 
 That which loves one loves all. All are in and of One 
 source. As the One Spirit, which is no respecter of person, 
 loved one, even our great Master, so does it love and respect 
 all, even the smallest. 
 
 "Every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a 
 corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot 
 bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth 
 good fiuit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit 
 is hewn down and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their 
 fruits ye shall know them. Not every one that saith unto 
 me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven ; 
 but he that doeth the will of the Father which is in heaven. ' ' 
 Matt, vii: ij-22. 
 
 i. As there is but one method of manifesting the Infinite 
 Spirit; idea, thought and effect of thought, is the Trinity which 
 includes the problem, solution and example of life ; therefore 
 thought is the means which must necessarily precede the ex- 
 
EFFECT OF THOUGHT. 5! 
 
 pression of truth on the sense plane. And by the word, deed 
 and sensation we can know whether the nature of our thoughts 
 and beliefs are atone with the Spirit or at one with the letter; 
 whether they are truth or error. Every good tree bringeth 
 forth good fruit ; but a corrupt tree evil fruit. Good thoughts 
 are at one with Spirit, or the Divine Attributes. (See Guide 
 to Truth, Lesson II.) Their opposites are the errors that 
 bring forth fruits opposite to the good. 
 
 There is no unclean or evil thing. Habits that are 
 called corrupt, or deeds called evil, are misconceptions rela- 
 tive to good ; they result from not knowing God as the All. 
 Study well on this subject Sections 6, 7, 9, 10, of Lesson I. 
 Until we know what it is to be, we cannot bear truthful wit- 
 ness of being ; nor does life with all its cares become sacred 
 and pleasurable to us. 
 
 2. God in creation is a trinity in unity Mind, Mental 
 and Visible, or Thinker, Thought and Word. God the 
 Creator Individual, the Ideal, or the permanent thought of 
 Truth, Body the spoken Word or symbol. As all ideals 
 sustain a causal relation to a more external effect, and the 
 Soul being the idea in Infinite Mind or Spirit it is 
 idea which externalizes form. Therefore bodies are effects 
 and not cause, and are not intelligence, or power. They 
 being effect are subject to and operated upon by thought ; 
 and according to the line or nature of our thought and belief, 
 so is the body. Therefore, if we hold ourselves in Truth 
 
52 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 our thoughts being truthful our expressions are harmonious 
 The condition of the body is wholly dependent upon the 
 quality of thought and the line of belief held in memory by 
 us. 
 
 3. Three facts are necessary for all expression ; there 
 must be the trinity, viz., the thinker, the thought, and the 
 thing thought about. The purpose of creation is that God 
 may become manifest ; and the purpose of individual expres- 
 sion is that God may be manifest in the individual. Truth's 
 thought, being the first expression of the thinker, or the first 
 production of Mind, is that which produces all visible 
 Creation, and upon which it is dependent. Unless our 
 thoughts be in the image and likeness of the Spirit, or unless 
 they express the attributes of Divine Mind, their fruit will be 
 delusion. Infinite Mind gives power to mentality to think, 
 but does not compel one line of thought ; therefore, all 
 thought does not represent the attributes of the Infinite Mind 
 or Spirit. When thought looks upon effects without know- 
 ing or understanding its own source, it accepts appearances 
 as a basis from which to reason. Thoughts which are the 
 opposite of the attributes of Divine Mind are the inharmony 
 known as dis-ease. Thought forms and constructs ; it grows 
 the tree that brings forth sweet or bitter fruit that is, harmc- 
 nious or inharmonious expression. All forms, being the 
 product of thought, are ever changing, according to the 
 thought. As a man thinketh in his heart, so is his expres- 
 sion., If we seek to lay up treasures on earth, it is because 
 
EFFECT OF THOUGHT. 53 
 
 we are attracted to the temporal ; and where the thought 
 is attracted there will the attention be centered. So, if 
 mentality be limited to form or expression, it is based in 
 appearance, which is neither intelligence, life nor power ; so, 
 to be carnally minded is death. Thoughts or beliefs based 
 upon appearances bring forth bitter fruit. If we look upon 
 the letter or form, and place our affections upon it or temporal 
 things be they money, houses or lands, they being mortal 
 must pass from us, or we from them and we shall bring 
 sorrow upon ourselves because we do not know or love the 
 permanent. Seek to know and love the Immortal (Spirit), 
 for it is alone real. 
 
 4. The science of Spirit will give you a knowledge of 
 the Immortal ; it transfers the attention and affection to the 
 Immortal, and thought becomes one with Infinite Spirit. 
 You cannot love the Immortal until you find and know your- 
 self as immortal ; you cannot love that of which you have 
 no understanding. The Invisible is alone real ; so until you 
 know yourself as such you cannot understandingly think 
 the thought that will represent Being, and express the Trin- 
 ity in Unity, which is perfect expression. To hold self in 
 Truth is to hold self in Principle. 
 
 5. As all visible things are first in idea, which is in the 
 Mind, and are builded by thought, they are subject to 
 change by the change of thought ; for nothing but effect 
 can be affected by thought ; the thinker is above and. 
 
54 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 beyond change at one with the Father. This is the Law, 
 nor ever is it otherwise. This should do away with the 
 sensitiveness beginners have upon hearing that their suffer- 
 ing is not real, but a belief; also upon hearing that their 
 suffering is the result of so-called evil thought. "Memory 
 is the only friend that grief can call its own. ' ' To let go of 
 the past and live in the present, and in the presence of Spirit, 
 is to live in life. To let go of all thought of non-possession 
 and recognize the perfect, now, is to live in the fulness of 
 Spirit the kingdom of heaven. Now is the eternal, present ; 
 what we do not recognize as being present we do not enjoy. 
 Then, recognize health, power, knowledge, good in short, 
 recognize wholeness that now are you complete, in 
 the Infinite Good, and you will enjoy it and have peace and 
 rest. The living God is around you, above you, and through 
 you all ; so you are protected and shielded by the perfect 
 good at all times. In this consciousness we find ourselves 
 above the plane of expression and limitation. Recognize 
 this truth, and it will make you happy and free. 
 
 6. Thoughts of fear paralyze our expression and darken 
 the mental vision. Fear, when indulged in, limits all effort 
 on the sense plane. Anxious thought about persons, times, 
 places or conditions, will produce fever, nervousness, and 
 almost every ailment that error can produce. Anxiety is a 
 form of fear, which almost every one justifies themselves in 
 holding ; they believe it to be a duty they owe to their 
 families and friends. Hurry is fear, and should not be in- 
 
EFFECT OF THOUGHT. 55 
 
 dulged in. Fretfulness and faultfinding are a lack of faith, 
 which means a lack of understanding. Perfect faith in or 
 love for omnipresent good is the remedy for fear. The line 
 of thought based upon opinion, which is the opposite of God, 
 is the tree which is hewn down and cast into the fire ; for as 
 soon as the facts of Spirit are stated according to the attri- 
 butes, the opposite thought and opinion is cast into the fire 
 of Spirit and consumed. Truth recognized and held in 
 thought consumes the cause of discord and suffering, hence 
 there is no more bitter fruit. 
 
 7. Christ came into the world to teach the way to truth 
 and life, and to teach what being is and the purpose of crea- 
 tion, and what thought is and the power of thought, and 
 the fruits of thinking. He demonstrated the power of under- 
 standing. " Be ye perfect, even as your Father in heaven 
 is perfect.'' The belief of imperfection is misconception. 
 The Infinite creates everything within itself ; and all that it 
 makes is good, for there is naught but good from which to 
 create or in which to produce. Then, put from you all 
 beliefs of imperfection from time to time, when they would 
 arise, that you may keep in remembrance the truth that God 
 is all in all. If you have believed yourself to be sinful the 
 opposite in being from God you have been in error ; the 
 proof that you were in error is the suffering and misery that 
 it brought you. You, being the thinker, can change your 
 thought and believe yourself divine, a child of God and 
 that He is your life. Then, think of your life as a perfect 
 
56 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 one, for there is but one life ; this is the truth that free?, 
 and brings peace, that passeth understanding. Understand- 
 ing is perfect seeing and hearing. Truth grows the tree of 
 life in consciousness. 
 
 8. "Not every one that saith, Lord, Lord, shall enter 
 the kingdom of heaven ; but he that doeth the will of the 
 Father, which is in heaven." We know that if our thoughts 
 be at one in quality with the attributes of Spirit, we are 
 doing the will of the Father, which is our life. There can 
 be but one purpose in creation ; so, the purpose of the 
 Father and the purpose of His children are one. To work 
 in concert with the Father is to be conscious of the kingdom 
 of heaven. God measures not His spirit to His children ; 
 so, if we work in concert with Him by thinking His thoughts 
 and obeying His law love, there is no limit to the power 
 for good or to our knowledge ; to do this is to do what we 
 see the Father doing, and be what we conceive Him to be. 
 "Be ye perfect," was spoken by the Spirit, a command to 
 the individual to recognize the Truth ; see ye perfect is to 
 understand things as they are relative to God. To find the 
 permanent is to find ourselves, and to know what we shall 
 ever be. 
 
 9. As the Thinker is one and is capable of all thought, 
 so thought is capable of being expressed in myriad forms of 
 \vord, deed and sensation. "Ye shall know them by their 
 fruits." Every unalterable truth spoken within conscious- 
 
EFFECT OF THOUGHT. 57 
 
 ness helps to grow the tree of Eternal Life within you, and to 
 bring forth illumination and power. This is doing the will 
 of the Father, the fruit of which is manifested good, peace 
 upon earth, and good will to men. 
 
 Dear students, the Infinite Spirit is the I or life of our- 
 selves ; therefore we cannot live a separate life from God, or 
 good. They who try to live a separate life by believing 
 that they are mortal, and apart from God, live in darkness, 
 because they do not draw nigh unto the place of understand- 
 ing, and to that which is inseparable and impersonal. Not 
 until we acknowledge the Infinite Source as the "I " of self, 
 are we in a condition to think and act divinely ; for we shall 
 always think and act just like what we believe ourselves to 
 be and to be related to. Not until we hold ourselves indi- 
 vidually at one with the divine Being, which pervades us, 
 can we solve the problem of life correctly, nor do we enter 
 the way that leadeth to a knowledge of eternal life, and which 
 Jesus gave to the world. This attitude is the position of a 
 master, in which we may understand all things. 
 
 CONCLUSION. 
 
 10. Appearances, the effect of thought, which we have 
 been dealing with in the lesson, should be studied from the 
 plane of knowledge, which is Spirit the Creator, not from 
 the plane of effect. If this be done, the student will learn 
 their nature, that they are merely appearances of thought ; 
 and that through which we recognize them is nothing other 
 than thought. Thought recognizes its own appearances ; 
 
58 SCIENCE ANt> HEALING. 
 
 how could an appearance, which is nothing real, recognize 
 anything! truly it is without power to do so; therefore, 
 when we say that we see, hear, feel, or in any way sense 
 effect, we mean that we recognize it in thought, and it is 
 held in consciousness by thought ; and, if we have no 
 thought about it, we have no recognition of it. 
 
LESSON IV. 
 
 THE WAY OF RECONCILIATION. 
 
 " If so be that ye have heard him and have been taught 
 by him, as the truth is in Jesus, that ye put off concerning 
 the former conversation the old man, which is corrupt 
 according to the deceitful lusts, and be renewed in the spirit 
 of your mind, and that ye put on the new man, which after 
 God is created in righteousness and true holiness. Where- 
 fore, putting away lying, speak every man truth with his 
 neighbour, for we are members of one another. " Ephesians, 
 ii' : 21-26. 
 
 THE OLD AND THE NEW. 
 
 i. The great lost secret is the knowledge of God, and 
 his relation to Nature and Man. The loss of this knowledge 
 is due to the deception of sense. To be guided by the senses 
 is to be under their dominion in belief; and whatever we 
 yield ourselves servants to obey, their servants we are. To 
 obey the senses in thought and action, is disobedience to the 
 Spirit : to be guided by the senses is not to be guided by 
 understanding ; and not to be guided by understanding 
 is to be in confusion or outer darkness. To fall from 
 consciousness of truth is to lose knowledge of God, and of 
 the soul's union with him. The science of Divine Spirit 
 reveals the fact to us that the old, old truth, is the new, for 
 
60 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 truth never changes ; that which was, is now and ever will 
 be. 
 
 In this lesson we shall present Truth, and the method 
 whereby you may cease to partake of the tree of the knowl- 
 edge of good and evil, and partake of the tree of life, or gain 
 consciousness of first and final truth of Being. 
 
 2. As God always was, is now, and always will be omni- 
 present perfect good always was, is now, and always will 
 be omnipresent. Therefore that which always was, is now, 
 and always will be omnipresent, should be recognized and 
 acknowledged now. To acknowledge and live in the pres- 
 ence of God is to live in an undivided consciousness of 
 good. 
 
 Now is the time to reap, "that both he that soweth 
 and he that reapeth may rejoice together." If we do not 
 acknowledge the omnipresent good now, we shall not rejoice 
 with him that soweth ; and he that soweth is eternal joy. 
 We do not receive wages of joy until we reap. We 
 cannot find rest unto our souls by recognizing or reaping 
 that which is continually changing and passing from us. 
 That which is continually being made is corruptible ; and 
 those who place their affections upon the corruptible reap 
 disappointment. That which is made but once (the ideal) 
 is eternal ; that which is unchangeable (the Spirit) is eternal. 
 It is Spirit which says to that which it makes I am, and 
 because I am, thou art ; for thou art my very self manifest ; 
 and thou shalt ever be what thou -art. By penetrating to 
 
WAY OF RECONCILIATION. 6 1 
 
 the depths and centre of consciousness we come to know 
 that Spirit or God is, and that He is the I am, or life of the 
 soul. Then no longer is God concealed from us to be re- 
 vealed in the remote future, but is to us the living, present 
 good ; and no longer is our path dark and dreary, shadowed 
 by the delusions of sense. "If we find not God within our- 
 selves, we may seek in vain elsewhere." First seek and find 
 Him there, and you will find Him everywhere. Seek the 
 Spirit in truth and you shall find that you possess the King- 
 dom. Meditate, dear students and children of Spirit, and 
 read between the lines ; and you will know, that to speak 
 and act the truth is to worship in spirit and in truth. 
 
 THE FALSE AND THE TRUE. 
 
 3. Dear students, if it be that we are taught by the 
 Christ as the truth was in Jesus; and, if we speak the truth 
 as he spoke it, we shall cease conversation about the body, 
 and cease identifying ourselves with sensation and effect of 
 thought, for thought spoken is the letter, and the letter is a 
 mere symbol or appearance of past thought. To be centered 
 in the letter is to be centered in the result of thought, which 
 is passed, hence is dead. Life is present goodness. There- 
 fore, to identify ourselves with the letter or effect is to identify 
 ourselves with that which is dead, and to identify ourselves 
 with the dead is a cause for feeling of limitation, which 
 results in pain and separation from the physical body. Sc, 
 if it be that we speak the truth as Jesus spoke it, we shall 
 refuse to let the senses speak in opposition to the Spirit; and 
 
62 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 through faith we shall assume our true position as a Divine 
 Soul, or the Father's idea; we shall hold ourselves in truth 
 by thinking of ourselves as being what true being is, and by 
 ceasing to make excuses for our shortcomings and errors, 
 beause Adam partook of the tree of knowledge of good and 
 evil, and fell into doubt and desire. They who are guided 
 by sense partake of the forbidden fruit, and are dead to 
 spiritual truth; all who are separated in consciousness from 
 the ever present first and final truth, seek out many 
 inventions by which to be saved from error, and come into 
 a multiplicity of beliefs. While thoughts are fluctuating 
 between two or more opposite beliefs they constitute a state 
 of doubt. To doubt is to stand still; and to stand still is 
 mental stagnation, which is the fall. 
 
 4. Through speaking the truth with love we may grow 
 into a consciousness of the Father, even of the fountain-head 
 of all good. Through daring to bear witness of our divine 
 self-hood, and that God is our Father, and that we have no 
 other, and tiint He is our life, and that we have no other; 
 and through daring to declare the unalterable truth, that it 
 ij not we that live but the Father which is the life in us, 
 and that there can be no separation of the living from the 
 source of life, we shall arise and go to the Father. To 
 acknowledge these truths with love is to fulfil our duty to 
 God, and do His will. This true relationship must be 
 recognized by the children of God before they can become 
 conscious of working with him. To be renewed in the Spirit 
 
WAY OF RECONCILIATION. 63 
 
 of your mind is to awaken from the dream of sense. Until 
 the senses are enlightened they alienate us from the under- 
 standing of these truths. When the senses are enlightened 
 they serve the mind, and we see with understanding; and to 
 see with understanding is to destroy the cause of inhar- 
 monious expression. To speak the truth as it is in Jesus 
 enables us to grow up into truth in all things, even Christ. 
 When once the intellect and reason is raised above sense, 
 and we realize true being, we shall cease to say impossible 
 to anything, or claim weakness or limitation for ourselves. 
 To know things as they are, and to live the truth, is to be 
 spiritually minded, which is life and peace. To be in truth 
 is to be in heaven ; to be out of truth is to be out of heaven. 
 To live the truth is to bring heaven upon earth, or make it 
 manifest. The thought and deed can never be as great as 
 the thinker or actor; if we think the thought and do the will 
 of the Father, it is necessary that we be one with the Father, 
 and speak and act from the Spirit. \Vhen we think the 
 thoughts of the Father, and know our purpose to be His 
 purpose, and our will His will, Christ has arisen in us we 
 are born again. When freed by the truth there is no more 
 strife. 
 
 5. We shall put away the false by ceasing our efforts 
 to make this physical plane a plane of cause; and by ceasing 
 to express in thought, word or act, as if we were mortal. 
 Do not, then, think and speak of physical strength and 
 physical weakness, or as if the body were life, intelligence 
 
64 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 and power; or as if it had sensation or feeling. Reckon as 
 if the body were dead, or as profiting nothing; and reckon 
 as if you were life eternal, as did Christ; and the mists of 
 illusion will roll away, and you will discover that the body 
 does not limit, trouble, or environ you in any way. Put off 
 the false conversation, that you are something that can die 
 that can be dead at one time, and alive at another, or that 
 can be sick at one time and well at another and clothe 
 yourselves with the truth of true being, and your whole body 
 will be full of light, radiant with truth. Then put off the 
 false conversation about changeable weather affecting you, 
 and about it being good and bad ; and about the wind being 
 agreeable and disagreeable ; and about food being digestible 
 and indigestible ; the belief that we can be affected by these 
 things is an admission that we believe ourselves to be mortal, 
 and that we can thereby be made miserable, sick or well, 
 dead or alive, by the climate, the weather, or material food. 
 All conversation of this nature belongs to the old man, and 
 is according to the deceit of sense ; it is based upon mortal 
 appearances, and is therefore false. Such thoughts produce 
 appearances in the body which we name disease, or pain. 
 This and all like conversation is not based upon principle; 
 hence is not true. Then all false conversation about self is 
 the expression of the one race belief, that we are mortal now, 
 but will be immortal when we die; and that as we are mortal 
 now, we are subject to physical things, and are dependent 
 upon them for life, power and happiness; but when we die, 
 we shall have eternal life. To be in truthful thought is to 
 
\VAY OF RECONCILIATION. 65 
 
 think that you are yourself the life, power and happiness 
 you want to manifest or show forth ; that you are forever at 
 one with the Infinite, for there is but one all. 
 
 The body is not you, but your spoken word ; it is a 
 symbol which you retain in your consciousness by partaking 
 of material food, or like symbols ; otherwise you could not 
 express yourself (which is invisible) in this world of symbol. 
 It is an error to believe that food gives life, or that external 
 things produce health or happiness. The giver is God, and 
 there is no other ; all life is God, and there is no other. 
 Effect cannot become the cause ; the mortal cannot give 
 life, matter cannot evolve mind or spirit. 
 
 The law of expression is from Infinite Spirit or mind to 
 mental, then to material form ; or from the Thinker to 
 Thought, to Word ; and never is it otherwise. It works 
 not from material form to Spirit from the Word to the 
 Thinker ; hence it is absolutely false to believe that effects 
 or external things can re-act and affect Being. 
 
 This false belief is the only inlet for outside error ; which 
 is spoken of as taking on conditions and being affected by 
 the thought of others. This false belief is the only means 
 by which we can relate our bodies to what is called miasmal 
 or poisonous atmospheres. 
 
 6. Unchanging truth, dear student, is eternal freedom. 
 All that is bound in seeming will be freed by it. All who 
 live and know the truth are free. To gain the truth is to 
 
66 SCIENCE AND HEALINCi. 
 
 break the bonds of sense. To accept the truth of the pres- 
 ence of God, is to accept the truth of the presence of all 
 goodness ; and this it is to gather fruit unto everlasting life. 
 Acknowledgment of The One is acknowledgment of all. 
 
 St. Paul says give no place to the Devil. We should 
 not ; for God fills heaven and earth. Hence it is an offense 
 against God to believe in the opposite of His being. His 
 words to His children are represent me in all your thoughts, 
 and I will guide you into all wisdom ; believe in nothing but 
 me, and you will find the Kingdom of Heaven. 
 
 To put away error by speaking the truth is to overcome 
 evil with good; "that we henceforth be no more children 
 tossed to and fro, carried about by every wind of doctrine. 
 That is, to be no more acted upon in belief by the weather, 
 or by the opinion or sleight of friends ; but by speaking the 
 truth to them in love we hold the reins of freedom in our 
 grasp, which shields from all harm. Error cannot disturb 
 the truth ; it is forever above and beyond disturbance ; and 
 all who hold themselves in truth, know that they are not 
 acted upon by mortal conditions. As Christ led captivity 
 captive, and gave gifts unto men, so when we awaken to 
 truth we lead the senses captive, and ascend in understand- 
 ing to the Spirit. The Spirit sees and bears witness through 
 us ; and we express its power, which is the gift of Spirit. 
 
 WHAT to DENY AND WHAT TO AFFIRM. 
 7. God is infinite, indivisible and unalterable goodness. 
 Goodness includes life, truth, love, power, understanding, 
 
WAV OF RECONCILIATION. 67 
 
 and strength, knowledge, faith, presence, justice, mercy. 
 harmony, and chanty. 
 
 As God is infinite and unalterable goodness, then all 
 > Iness must be eternal; and the opposite must be false 
 appearance. 
 
 As life, truth and understanding are eternal, death. 
 falsehood and ignorance must be false appearance. 
 
 As love, strength, knowledge and faith are eternal, hate, 
 weakness, feur and doubt must be false appearance. 
 
 As God is love, and everywhere at all times, and no 
 respecter of persons, then prejudice and aversion are false 
 appearances. 
 
 As justice, mercy, harmony and charity are eternal, then 
 revenge, cruelty, disease and envy are false appearances. 
 
 As that which is eternal is truth, temporary appearances 
 are false. 
 
 As that which is eternal is real, temporary appearances 
 must be unreal. 
 
 As that which is eternal is substance, temporary appear- 
 ances must be shadow. 
 
 Then the new man is the man of truth : the old man is 
 the man of falsehood. 
 
 The new man is the real man, the old man is the unreal. 
 The new man is the man of substance, the old man is the 
 man of shadow. 
 
 To put off the old man is to cease thinking that you 
 are that which is temporary ; to put on the new man is to 
 think that vou are that which is eternal. 
 
68 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 To put off the old man is to cease thinking death, false- 
 hood, ignorance, hate, or weakness ; to put on the new man 
 is to think life, truth, and understanding, love and strength. 
 
 To put off the old man is to cease thinking fear, doubt, 
 prejudice and aversion ; putting on the new man is thinking 
 knowledge, faith, and universal love without respect to 
 person. 
 
 To put off the old man [is to cease thinking revenge or 
 cruelty, disease or evil ; putting on the new man is thinking 
 justice, mercy, harmony and charity. 
 
 To put off the old man is to refrain from judging accord- 
 ing to the senses ; to put on the new man is to judge accord- 
 ing to the Spirit. 
 
 To put away lying is to put away all conversation about 
 being temporary and mortal. 
 
 To speak the truth with each other, is to converse about 
 being that which is eternal. 
 
 To be in error is to believe that we are mortal. 
 
 To be in truth is to know that we are the immortal. 
 
 The Infinite and Unalterable Good says : believe in 
 nothing but the Infinite and Unalterable, and you will find 
 the truth that frees, and the peace that passeth under- 
 standing. 
 
 The deceitful senses say : believe in all appearances, and 
 you shall become as gods; this promise believed in leads to 
 unconsciousness, ignorance and desolation, because belief is 
 centered in feeling or sense. 
 
WAY OF RECONCILIATION. 69 
 
 8. Put off this primitive condition, or the old man, and 
 let your childhood pass by ; assume the true position of 
 a Son of God, and express the truth in wholeness. All 
 perfection, that has been, and that ever will be, is now. To 
 recognize it, is to receive it; or to acknowledge it, is to 
 awaken to a realization of Being, which will enable you to 
 speak the truth as it was in Jesus. Truth is the daily baptism 
 for the awakened. So the scientist renders thanks hourly 
 for good received, for knowledge gained, for health 
 expressed, for truth perceived, for love manifest, for God 
 revealed, for the ever present Goodness. 
 
 9. If it be that we have had ears to hear what the Spirit 
 saith, and have heard, we have put off all conversation 
 concerning the old man, and we have taken on the new man, 
 which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness ; 
 we have reckoned temporary things as dead, and ourselves 
 as alive with Christ unto God ; we have identified ourselves 
 with the One, which is Creator and life of all things, and are 
 renewed in the spirit of our mind in understanding. Accord* 
 ing to the measure of your truth have you expressed Christ 
 as it was in Jesus. To express the truth is to express im- 
 mortality ; and it is truth which i.s the permanent remedy 
 for all disease. 
 
PREFACE TO LESSON V. 
 
 BAPTISM BY THE SPIRIT. 
 
 Infinite Spirit's instruction to the individual : Thon 
 art iiiv verv self manifest. I am thy life, power and 
 substance ; I live in thee, and thoit by Me ; and we can 
 never be separated. Thou hast not at anv time fallen or 
 wandered away from Me. My being tin 1 life is, and thou 
 hast no other life or being ; for I am everywhere, and in- 
 clude all within Myself. 
 
 Thou art good, because I am goodness ; tlwu art living, 
 because I am life ; thou art loving, for I am love ; thou art 
 true, for I atu truth ; thou art impersonal, for I am infinite 
 and no respecter of persons ; thou art created in righteous- 
 ness and true holiness, for thou art created within Mvself, 
 and art Myself manifest. 
 
 Dear child of My being! speak My word for thyself, 
 by claiming wholeness for thyself. Awake from thy dream 
 of sense, and know that thou art within Mv kingdom at this 
 time, and know that thou art radiant within and without 
 with My Being; thou art clothed with the Sun of Truth 
 now. Make thine eye single to Me, and thou wilt know 
 that thou art full of light. Believe in Jlfe, and manifest 
 Me in all thv wavs, and J will direct tin 'path. Recognize 
 absolute goodness and see naitght but goodness, and thou 
 
SPIRIT BAPTISM. 7 1 
 
 shalt hare dominion over all manifestation; for he that doeth 
 My will cometh to Me, and shall do the things that I do, 
 and realize the peace which passeth understanding, which I 
 alone possess. Thou art at this time whole and complete 
 and lack nothing, for I am thy sufficiency. 
 
 All who realize the truth of these instructions may use 
 them successfully as a baptism to bless others, and help 
 those who need to realize their union with God. Let your 
 blessings rest upon all alike; be ye doers of the word and 
 not hearers only, and your way will be made clear. 
 
 LESSON V. 
 
 SCIENCE THE PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING, 
 
 As a short introduction to this and following lessons, we 
 deem it profitable to give a condensed statement of the basic 
 principles of science contained in the foregoing lessons. 
 
 i. To students of the Science of Infinite Spirit, we 
 would say, that it is necessary to keep the spirit of unity 
 before you as a basis for your conclusions in solving the 
 
72 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 problem of life. ' As there can be but one All or Infinite, 
 One is unity, and unity is for ever the absolute state of one ; 
 one is not division. God and His creation is a trinity in 
 unity, which truth is as capable of demonstration as is the 
 truth of mathematics. So, to solve the problem of life three 
 facts only are necessary, namely : the Thinker, the Thought, 
 and the Thing thought about. To find the true relation of 
 the Creator to the creation of heaven and earth, is to find 
 that they are contained within the Creator ; and that they 
 are a trinity in unity. The closer we hold to unity, the 
 nearer we are to absolute truth ; and the closer we hold to 
 the teachings of the Christ, the nearer are we to unity ; and 
 the further we are from unity and the Christ teachings, the 
 further are we from the absolute Truth, and the more 
 complicated does the problem of life seem to us. 
 
 2. Man has sought out many inventions in his efforts 
 to unravel the mysteries of self psychology and delusion. 
 All mysticism is bewilderment relative to detail of expression. 
 When we extend effort beyond the trinity of truth in 
 analyzing the Law of Creation which embraces all, we lose 
 sight of the unity of life, and understanding becomes be- 
 wildered with detail, which proves nothing. God and crea- 
 tion is the simple trinity of Thinker, Thought and Word. 
 As our thoughts and words are included within us, so the 
 possibility of all bodies are included within Spirit. When 
 our thoughts and words are true of truth, or when they are 
 those of Spirit, then the unity of the trinity is knowingly 
 
PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING. 73 
 
 manitest in us ; therefore, by thinking the thought of Spirit 
 and speaking as it speaks, we demonstrate the problem of life 
 within ourselves. Demonstration makes all clear. The 
 things that are made are not made of things which do 
 appear. 
 
 3. Matter is said to contain sixty-four elements, each 
 and all of which it is claimed are reducible to the one ele- 
 ment, that of hydrogen gas ; then to look at matter as sixty- 
 four different elements, is confusion or unnecessary detail. 
 Division is weakness and delusion ; unity is strength and 
 clearness of understanding, because it is truth. 
 
 The individual and body are respectively the thought 
 and word of Spirit, and belong to it. As it is with one, so 
 it is with all, there is no difference in truth. Thoughts are 
 produced by the thinker, and words by thought. Universal 
 Matter being the spoken word of the Infinite, it comes forth 
 as a diminution of power. Spirit is power itself; the thought 
 is a manifestation of power is powerful the word is an 
 appearance of power. Hence Matter is not life, intelligence, 
 or substance ; and it is not creative power, but is the proof 
 or example of power. 
 
 4. The question is often asked is matter perfectable or 
 transmutable into Spirit ? Matter being an effect can never 
 be anything other than an effect. It is a perfect symbol, 
 but in no other sense is it perfect or imperfect. Our bodies 
 being thought made apparent, when our thoughts are perfect 
 
74 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 symbols of Divine Spirit and are unwavering in truth that 
 is, when we think truth without omission our bodies will 
 be luminous as are our thoughts. 
 
 Then as God is Infinite, the Universe is a grand whole, 
 and the things which are made visible on this plane are 
 proofs of invisible thought. And invisible thought is proof 
 of the more invisible thinker. Herein lies the one method 
 of manifestation, the method for the solution of the problem 
 of life. 
 
 PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING. 
 
 5. The Scientist's prayer of understanding is that of 
 rendering thanks by acknowledging that which has been 
 received. Turning from the letter to Spirit, and recogniz- 
 ing the presence of all goodness, reconciles thought to good- 
 ness ; and through faithfulness in thought to goodness, 
 understanding becomes manifest. Faithfulness is the sub- 
 stance of all good hoped for. 
 
 True prayer is seeking ; and true seeking is finding ; 
 for true seeking is the recognition of God. And to recog- 
 nize Him is to know that we have what we recognize ; and 
 this is finding or receiving Him. Prayer does not change 
 divine law. The infinite law is one, and may be defined in 
 one word love. Love is the law of being, or of all that is; 
 it is unchanging and cannot be broken. The law of the 
 infinite cannot be changed to any opinion of the individual, 
 but individual opinion must be set aside for infinite law. 
 This is the prayer of the Scientist. So prayer is not in- 
 
PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING. 75 
 
 tended to change the divine order or plan, but is an earnest 
 seeking to adjust and reconcile all mental conditions to the 
 spirit of understanding. It is the earnest desire to be 
 conscious of oneness with good, or to know God and be 
 relieved from bondage to sense. Prayer and Faith go hand 
 in hand ; so if we pray for health or happiness, or to have 
 any condition removed, that we may realize that we are at 
 one with all goodness, we must have faith that the condition 
 hoped for is possible ; thus faith is the substance of that 
 which we pray for. 
 
 6. Many persons pray for health, believing more in the 
 appearances of disease than they do in health ; they pray to 
 the Father to be relieved from suffering, but they decide to 
 take some medicine in order that they may feel sure of 
 getting well. And if they be not relieved either by medi- 
 cine or by prayer, they conclude that they are unworthy to 
 be answered ; the true reason why their prayer appears to 
 be unanswered is because of their division in faith ; in reality 
 it is not unanswered, for they receive according to their 
 measure or divided faith. If their faith in medicine is strong 
 enough to re-establish an equilibrium, it is the substance of 
 what they hoped for. But such cures (so-called) only 
 change one belief for another, and are not permanent, be- 
 cause they do not bring the patient into knowledge of truth. 
 But if they are relieved from pain by their faith in medicine, 
 they think no more of the efficacy of prayer. What we 
 have faith in we pray to, or yield our thoughts to obey. 
 
76 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 7. " If any man lack wisdom let him ask of God, that 
 giveth to all men liberally, and it shall be given." James 
 i : 5. But we must believe that wisdom is for us. Then 
 true seeking is acknowledging that what you wish to re- 
 ceive ?s, and is for you to manifest. If then we acknowledge 
 the truth that all good is omnipresent and is our life, and 
 that we have no other, we shall learn to glorify God in our 
 bodies as St. Paul said ; and we shall find our life to be 
 the infinite life, and we shall lose all thought of separateness 
 between ourselves and others. And this is Divine love. So 
 he that finds his life shall lose it. Then let us seek in faith, 
 believing, not wavering, and we will become stable in our 
 thoughts of truth, and cease to be "tossed to and fro by 
 every wind of doctrine. ' ' Let not that man who doubts or 
 is "double-minded" think that he shall receive any thing 
 from the Lord. Why? Because as long as we are waver- 
 ing in our thoughts we are not truly asking of God ; that is, 
 we are not manifesting God in our thoughts. 
 
 It is clear, therefore, that the efficacy of prayer is 
 destroyed because of unbelief; and that we hold conditions 
 of suffering because of our belief in them ! Persons who are 
 in doubt, would be surprised if they did receive what they 
 prayed for. They who pray with understanding will pray 
 in faith, believing that what they pray for is, and is for them, 
 and that ' ' God is a rewarder of them that diligently seek 
 Him." God, the giver of all good, being our life, we will 
 receive goodness by manifesting it in our thoughts. And 
 
PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING. 77 
 
 according to our faithfulness in thought to goodness, so will 
 it be to us in expression. Unless we watch and pray 
 continually we shall not overcome. Unless we face the 
 good and acknowledge its presence continually, we shall not 
 be able to put away erroneous belief; the faithful in thought 
 to goodness will wear the crown of spiritual knowledge and 
 power. 
 
 <S. Prayer is usually a recognized need, and is an 
 expressed desire to have that need supplied; true prayer is 
 the act of doing, which is rendering thanks lor what has 
 been received. True prayer is made apparent or expressed 
 in all nature. With unwavering energy every Soul in nature 
 prays, or strives to manifest itself. The Divine Mind, which 
 pervades all, acts in all; and the substance of that action is 
 faith pressing the possibilities of Soul onward and outward 
 into manifestation of itself. The answer to prayer may be 
 said to be divine faith unfolding, or speaking forth words or 
 forms in Nature representative of ideas, pressing onward and 
 upward, which is growth and expansion. Therefore, true 
 prayer is seeking or the act of revealing the inner and 
 invisible life of God in the seed, the plant, the animal, and 
 man; causing the seed to struggle in the darkness, as it 
 were, to burst the ground apart and face the sunlight. The 
 plant or tree is the answer to or result of that prayer or 
 seeking; it is the experience of that soul or outgrowth of its 
 effort to manifest invisible life. All things in nature are 
 obeying the Divine injunction placed upon them by the 
 
78 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Father. Let thy faith be as that of a mustard seed. ' 'Through 
 faith we understand that worlds were framed ; so that the things 
 which are seen were not made of things which do appear. ' ' 
 All that is formed and is visible is a symbol in and of the 
 silent, formless and invisible. All power is formless "the 
 kingdom of God is not in word but in power. " / Cor. iv: 20. 
 
 9. We are commanded to overcome evil with goodness. 
 "Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good." 
 "He that loveth another, fulfilleth the law." Then to fulfil 
 the law by loving, is true seeking. As there is no power 
 but God, to overcome evil with goodness, is to recognize 
 the truth, that there is nothing but Goodness. Then think 
 and act accordingly. This recognition is the absolute 
 method of seeking; and is the method that will bring the 
 highest unfoldment; for you will manifest what you recognize. 
 
 Darwin suggests that the way the eagle got his wings 
 was from his inward impulse to soar. This inward impulse 
 is the silent prayer inherent in Being, and seeking expression 
 in all nature; that is, prayer is the silent impulse, which 
 moves alike in the blade of grass and in the man, moving 
 onward and upward to a realization or truthful understanding 
 of itself. Thus soul is demonstrated. 
 
 10. Pray without ceasing; but let your prayer be one 
 of acknowledgment, a prayer of Spirit and of understanding; 
 such an one will be an acknowledgement of Goodness in all 
 your ways. " Happy is the man who getteth wisdom; she 
 
PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING. 79 
 
 is the tree of life to them who lay hold upon her. " " Through 
 wisdom the Lord hath formed the earth." To pray under- 
 standingly, enter the silence; and there found the mansion 
 of truth in your consciousness, and live in it. And when 
 you enter the silence, close the door of sense, and commune 
 with infinite Spirit. Then the mansion of truth which you 
 have founded in consciousness in the silence will become 
 your habitation on this plane; that is "thy father which 
 heareth in secret will reward thee openly." The omni- 
 present Spirit is the closet, the place which God hath 
 guarded with silence most profound. So, when ye enter 
 this closet to pray, forgive if ye have aught against another, 
 that your Father may forgive your trespasses. This shows 
 us that to be forgiven is to correct our own errors, and that 
 true prayer is adjusting our thoughts to God, which is 
 fulfilling the law; and in so doing we prove our faith with 
 works. "Therefore I say unto you, what things so ever 
 ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and 
 ye shall have them." So. according to our faith, shall we 
 receive. Then we should be careful in what we put our 
 trust. Let us not put our faith in beliefs; for false beliefs 
 are obsessing opinions which will not be turned out, but by 
 the prayer of understanding, or by a knowledge of the 
 truth that God is all in all. With thoughts adjusted to this 
 all inclusive truth, whatsoever ye ask in faith, by speaking 
 the truth, ye shall receive or manifest on this plane. Then 
 always pray by speaking the truth, and it will make you 
 free. "Pray for them which despitefully use you," by 
 
80 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 holding them, in your thoughts, in love and truth; and you 
 will fulfil the law of being, which is reconciliation to God. 
 Love is the angel of Peace that guides out of darkness, and 
 Truth is the light accompanying Love, which illumines 
 mentality and frees from bondage to sense. Love and 
 Truth will free from all limitation and unconsciousness. 
 
PREFACE TO LESSON VI. 
 
 PRAYER OF UNDERSTANDING AND THANKSGIVING. 
 
 Our Father, which art all, and which art Infinite 
 Spirit, ice glorify Thee as One, and seek to serve Thee in 
 single, fervid faith. 
 
 ]Ve thank Thee for the knowledge thai Thou art all 
 Being, Creator, and manifestor of all. 
 
 1 1^ thank Thee for the knowledge that we arc thine 
 own : that Thou art our Father, and that we have no other. 
 And that Thou hast made us whole, and like unto Thyself, 
 good, holy and entire. 
 
 ]Ve thank Thee for the knowledge that Thy decisions 
 are not for time, but for eternity ; that all things are good, 
 for Thv word cannot be altered by mortal belief. \Ve know 
 it is Thy will that we should think as Thou thinkest ; and 
 abide Thy decision, knowing naught but Thyself. 
 
 ITe thank Thee for all experiences which come from 
 t'ic light of Thv truth. 
 
 [[? thank Thee that Thou hast rolled the stone from 
 the sepulchre of materiality and limitation, and that we are 
 raised from the unconsciousness of matter to the consciousness 
 of Thv eternal Life, Love and Truth. 
 
 \Vc thank Thee for the knowledge that Thou art 
 omnipresent life, love and truth, all-goodness; and that we 
 
82 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 can never be separated from Thee or Thy attributes. \\\' 
 love to speak Thy word by loving all. We love to speak 
 Thy word by being faithful in love to Thy children, and to 
 all things, even as Thou art faithful to all. We love to 
 speak Thy word by bearing witness of Thee in our secret 
 thoughts. We love to recognize and love Thy holy presence 
 in all places, at all times, in all things. We love to be what 
 7ir conceive Thee to be. We are in love with Thy life, love 
 and truth; and we love to look upon all with Thy thong hi 
 of perfection. We love to say, that to the pure all things 
 are pure ; and to goodness all things are good. We love 
 to see as Thou seest, that there is no shadow; that Thou 
 shinest in what seems dark. We love to face absolute 
 goodness, and realize that Thou art all ; and say that our 
 peace passeth understanding. We thank Thee that ice arc 
 in love with life, with love and truth. 
 
 These words, when used understandingly, may be used 
 to heal yourself and others ! Let your recognition be of 
 perfection only, and let your words apply to all alike. 
 While speaking these words make no reference to appear- 
 ances that you may be desirous of removing. 
 
LESSON VI. 
 
 FAITH, THE SUBSTANCE OF THINGS HOPED FOR. 
 
 ' Xo\v faith is the substance of things hoped for, the 
 evidence of things not seen. For by it the elders obtained a 
 good report. Through faith we understand that the worlds 
 were framed by the word of God, so that things which are 
 seen, were not made of things which do appear." Heb. 
 xv: 1-3. 
 
 i. As the unmanifest and uncreate Being, which fills 
 the universe, is all life, all law, substance and power, all 
 Mind, Principle or Spirit, it is axiomatic that, if we speak 
 the truth which frees, we are to speak the word of the all ; 
 therefore, as all Being is uncreate, all life, law, substance 
 and power are unmanifest, silent and invisible, until through 
 thought they are spoken and made manifest. To base our 
 faith aright is to base it in the unseen and Unmanifest Spirit ; 
 and as it is the only Being, we cannot be faithful but by 
 speaking its word ; and, as there is but one Cause or Crea- 
 tor, to speak the word of the one is to speak the word of 
 all, and that word is truth to each one at all times, and in 
 every place. To base our faith in material things things 
 that are seen is to base it in effect or shadow, which is 
 neither life, law, substance nor power. As temporal things 
 
84 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 pass away, the foundation upon which we have builded is 
 as sand ; disappointment, sorrow and pain follow such build- 
 ing, as the wheels of the carriage follow him who draws the 
 carriage. We are to realize that the unseen, uncreate 
 Spirit of Goodness, is that which creates and manifests all ; 
 so, if our faith be based aright, we shall place ourselves in 
 thought at one with Spirit, and work to manifest the faith of 
 Spirit. Jesus called forth an expression of faith, or recog- 
 nized it manifest by those he healed, before he spoke the 
 words, ' ' Be healed, sin no more. Thy faith hath made 
 thee whole. According to thy faith be it unto thee. ' ' The 
 word of faith called forth and acknowledged by him united 
 their thought and consciousness with his, in order that the 
 evidence of the unseen power of the Spirit might be made 
 manifest in them instantly. God rewards openly by mani- 
 festing in us the condition hoped for. 
 
 2. "Through faith we understand that worlds were 
 framed by the word of God. ' ' This text teaches us that 
 faith is power, and that it is the substance of the thought 
 which precedes the word or outward manifestation. Faith 
 is the power and substance which frames planets. Then 
 should not our every thought be based as the thought of 
 Spirit is based? For if it be the power and substance of 
 planets, it is the power and substance of all things that are 
 seen, of all that is made manifest ; therefore, planets and 'all 
 that is manifest are the proofs of the faith of the unseen, the 
 Unmanifest Spirit. So it is written, That he that cometh to 
 
FAITH. 85 
 
 God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of 
 them that diligently seek him. So he that cometh to a 
 consciousness of life, law, substance and power, peace and 
 harmony, must believe that they are ; and that they are the 
 Spirit or Being, the only Creator. If we do not believe that\ 
 life, law, substance, peace and harmony are, and are for us, ! 
 it is useless to attempt to pray or ask for them. We cannot 
 expect to manifest that which is not, or that which is, if we 
 believe it is not for us. If we ask without believing we ask 
 without faith, and we do not receive or manifest truth because 
 we ask amiss ; if we do not have faith in the unseen or uncreate, 
 we ask amiss. All that is, was and ever will be, is real ; and all 
 reality is unseen. That which is seen is the mathematical 
 demonstration of the Principle which is not seen. The seen 
 is effect, not cause ; it is death, and not life, it is the letter 
 and not the Spirit. So that which is seen is not life, law, 
 substance nor power. There is but one cause of manifesta- 
 tion ; manifestation cannot become cause. Here the ques- 
 tion so often asked will arise, Whence comes the seeming 
 inharmony, sickness, sin, and all imperfect manifestation ? 
 All that is called inharmony, sickness, sin and imperfect 
 manifestation comes from mentally facing the wrong way> 
 and from trying to make matter a cause, and believing 
 that it can bring us pleasure or pain ; that is, all so-called 
 imperfect manifestation is due to or is the result of the false 
 belief or position from which we calculate. When we calcu- 
 late this plane to be a plane of cause, it is placing the letter 
 where the Spirit should be ; that is, mistaking the example 
 
86 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 lor the Principle. We are thus trying to solve the problem 
 of life according to the letter or example, /. c. , matter, and 
 thus ignoring Principle or Spirit. The result is, that the 
 forms of our words, deeds, and sensations show forth many 
 mistakes, because our mental solutions and pictures are 
 simply copies of previously solved examples. 
 
 3. As Spirit is all, we are just what we are by virtue of 
 Spirit being what it is the only Being. Then it is not 
 sufficient that we have faith in Spirit, but that we express 
 the faith of Spirit. If we truthfully represent our Being in 
 our every thought and deed, we shall truthfully represent 
 Spirit in every thought and deed. There is no limit to the 
 life, substance, power and harmony of Being; the more we 
 give of life, power, substance and harmony, the more we 
 have or manifest. Then, dear students, it is clear, that as 
 there is but one Spirit or manifestor, that inharmonious 
 appearances are simply mistakes of wrong calculation made 
 apparent in the body or on the blackboard of nature. Such 
 out-picturing as neuralgia, headache, rheumatism, dyspepsia, 
 etc., should be regarded as mistakes made in working out 
 the problem of life, and that the remedy is that of turning 
 from the out-picturing and erasing it by denying it a place 
 in thought; then thinking or working according to the Prin- 
 ciple. A thoughtful child would not look upon the mistake 
 made in working the example, and expect it to become a 
 cause for future consideration; he would erase it and com- 
 mence again, and in future consult the principle every step 
 
FAITH. 87 
 
 of the way. This is our simple method ; we erase all 
 imperfect examples or sensations from our consciousness, 
 and consult the principle or Spirit every step of the way by 
 thinking its thoughts, or as it thinks. As the principle of 
 mathematics knows no error, the Spirit of absolute Goodness 
 knows naught but its own good manifest ; to erase false 
 belief is to speak the truth ; and to speak the truth is 
 Goodness manifest, the Christ revealed. To the pure all 
 things are pure ; perfection knows no imperfection ; so the 
 science of Infinite Spirit leads out of all belief of imperfection. 
 The scientist calculates that the Spirit is infinite, the only 
 creator or manifestor ; to calculate according to truth is to 
 do away with all error or belief, and is to express truth, 
 which is knowledge, freedom and harmony. Having based 
 our faith in things seen or temporal, and in sensation, 
 permitting them to form a basis for our judgment, we have 
 shown forth in sensations of disease or lack of ease our false 
 beliefs and erroneous method of thinking. And when a lack 
 of ease is made apparent in sensation, we name that sensation 
 and claim it as a cause for further results, holding it in 
 thought and memory where Spirit should be held ; by thus 
 ignoring Spirit and accepting appearance, we add error to 
 error. The way out of all imperfect manifestation is clear; 
 truth is, whether we express it, or not ; truth heals ; truth 
 makes free. To express truth is to be free from limitation 
 and suffering. Do not believe there is another cause than 
 God, and you will not base your faith or love in temporal 
 things, nor meet with sorrow, disappointment or pain. 
 
SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Cease trying to serve two masters, and you will cease trying 
 to make effect cause, and your expressions of truth will be 
 perfect ones, or your demonstrations will be correct. When 
 the eye is single to truth the Infinite One the body will 
 be seen to be full of light. 
 
 4. Let not your inmost thought lead you into the error 
 of thinking that any external thing or effect can affect you, 
 or have power over you. Let not yourselves think that the 
 body or sensations of pain or pleasure can be a cause; 
 regard them as effects over which you have control. As it 
 is an unalterable truth that Spirit is infinite and indivisible, 
 so we can only regard the forms that do appear as finite, 
 and as the orderly and mathematical demonstrations ol 
 Spirit. Forms appear and disappear in matter, a' kasa, or 
 the astral light, at the dictates of Spirit, as examples on the 
 board at the dictates of the thinker ; forms of themselves 
 have no more life than the figures on the board ; bodies 
 hold precisely the same relation to Spirit that the example 
 demonstrated upon the board holds to Principle. When 
 this is thoroughly understood, we are ready to serve one 
 master; when we are ready to serve one master we are ready 
 "to walk in wisdom's way, rejoicing in the habitable parts 
 of the earth;" that is, rejoicing in all bodies, our delights 
 are with the children of God, that which is born in and 
 of Him. God is continually saying, "Let there be light;" 
 and when we awaken to the light of truth and wisdom, 
 which is ours, we shall rejoice as one conscious of the Spirit, 
 
FAITH. 89 
 
 as one brought up with it. Through perfect faith in the 
 One, we shall serve it by faithfully manifesting its truth. 
 When the thought is perfect, the word will be perfect. 
 Spirit saith to the Soul,. Walk in wisdom's way, by the 
 light of truth ; undivided faith based aright leadeth to all 
 truth and to the fulfilling of the law Love. ' ' Be ye, there- 
 fore perfect, as your Father in heaven is perfect," means to 
 bear perfect witness of the Spirit that is, to speak the 
 truth of that which is ; to do so is to find the Kingdom. 
 
 5. That which we have faith in we are faithful to. To 
 have faith in Spirit, the All, is to be faithful to Spirit the 
 All. But to be Spirit is to be faith, and manifest it 
 without doubt. Obedience is the straight and narrow path 
 that leadeth to Spirit and Faith. As by faith worlds were 
 framed by the word of God, faith is the substance or power 
 of the thought spoken; it invests the thought with power 
 to manifest in the body. If thought be without faith, it is 
 without substance. ' ' According to our faith so is it with 
 us." '-'Verily I say unto you, whosoever shall not receive 
 the kingdom of God as a little child shall in no wise enter 
 therein." But not until we lay aside personality and as 
 children acknowledge the present source or Spirit, through 
 being obedient to truth, can we know understanding and 
 come to see with the eye of Spirit. To speak truth is to 
 speak that which is true of all for all ; it is truth alone that 
 brings us near to God ; yes, even unto Him. 
 
90 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 "Renouncing- self for Me, full of Me, fixed 
 
 "To serve only the highest, night and day ; 
 
 ' ' Musing on Me him will I swiftly lift 
 
 "Forth from life's ocean of distress and death, 
 
 "Whose soul clings fast to Me, Cling thou to Me! 
 
 ' ' Clasp me with heart and mind ! so shalt thou dwell 
 
 "Surely with Me on high. But, if thy thought 
 
 " Droop from such height; if thou be'st weak to set 
 
 " Body and soul upon Me constantly, 
 
 ' ' Despair not ! Give Me lower service ! seek 
 
 "To reach Me!" 
 
 He who is faithful by speaking the truth, doeth the 
 will, and beareth the fruit of knowledge, power and harmony. 
 But, if you cannot speak the whole truth, if you cannot clasp 
 the Spirit heart and soul in every hour, despair not ; every 
 truth spoken is an acknowledgement of the Spirit, it will 
 bear its fruit. But, dear student, remember the peace of 
 God is nigh thee, and by renouncing form, the manifest, for 
 Spirit, the unmanifest, you will find the Kingdom of Spirit ; 
 through faithfulness to truth all come into God consciousness. 
 All who live the life in full devotion, fixed to serve the Spirit 
 night and day will know r , 
 
 "'Tis life to live 
 
 " In single fervid faith ancLlove unseeing, 
 "Drinking the blessed Amrit of My Being !" 
 
 How \vell we know 'tis life to live in undivided faith! 
 To live in the Spirit of unity is to know that the One is all ; 
 
FAITH. 91 
 
 to fully realize this is to feel as safe and secure as Being is 
 safe and secure. To know that the one Spirit links all 
 together with its unchanging love and life, is to realize the 
 true meaning of the fatherhood of God and the brotherhood 
 of Man. 
 
 6. If it be that we have ears to hear, and hear the still 
 small voice, we will hear it say, ' ' I am the way, the truth 
 and the life ; my faith is thy faith, my word is thy word ; bear 
 witness of me, and thou shalt know health, harmony and 
 power." If we be ready to serve the Highest, night and 
 day, in our thoughts, swiftly are we lifted above the ocean 
 of distress, the stones of limitation are rolled away, and we 
 witness a great flight of afflictions. He who lives in single 
 or undivided faith or love, 
 
 ' ' Who hateth nought 
 " Of all which lives, living himself benign, 
 ' ' Compassionate, from arrogance exempt, 
 11 Exempt from love of self, unchangeable 
 11 By good or ill; " 
 
 is doing the will and expressing the Father. And the 
 expressions of the Father or Spirit prove that the Father 
 or Spirit is, and that it is the being which is expressing. 
 Through faith do we see or perceive the Spirit ; and as we 
 cannot see God except with the eye of understanding, and 
 as we cannot hear Him except with the ear of understanding, 
 to see or to hear is knowledge. To get knowledge is to be 
 faithful and live the life of being. 
 
92 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 7. Faith is the prayer by which we receive, for it is the 
 substance of all manifestation ; it is the prayer \vhich brings 
 health, peace and harmony, for it is the recognition of all 
 goodness, and must precede thought and word. In healing 
 you should realize that as all truth, and only truth, as all 
 power, and only power dwells in Spirit ; and as Spirit is 
 everywhere (omnipresent) at all times, there can be no other 
 presence at any time than truth and power. All belief of an 
 opposite nature is false there is no weakness. You should 
 affirm the truth of Spirit for your patient ; speak your word 
 with perfect faith, for truth spoken is Spirit manifest. God 
 is manifest in His words ; His word or manifestation is One ; 
 the word is God revealed ; it is Harmony and Peace upon 
 earth. When healing, consult the prayer of understanding 
 - the preface to this lesson. 
 
LESSON VII. 
 
 INTUITION, THE EYE OF UNDERSTANDING. 
 
 The word God is an Anglo Saxon word, meaning all 
 good, as "the Good One." We do not see God, the 
 Infinite One, whom Christ declares to be the Father of all, 
 but we do intuitively perceive and understand Him. It is 
 no more true that no man has seen God at any time, than 
 that no man has seen man at any time. Both are alike 
 invisible. 
 
 Tuition is the particular watch of a tutor or guardian 
 over his pupil, and the act of teaching the various branches 
 of learning. Tuition refers to an individual teacher, instruct- 
 ing the pupil from the plane of sense in sensible things. The 
 difference between tuition and intuition is, that in the latter 
 the teacher is not an individual, but is the Infinite Spirit in- 
 structing the pupil by the still small voice in the understand- 
 ing of truth ; it is the thought of the Father expressed in the 
 son. Then to be intuitional, is to be receptive to Infinite 
 Spirit, and to be. taught by it ; to be receptive to Spirit is to 
 surrender personality and desire, and serve truth only. As 
 like perceives like, that which is spiritually perceived is 
 perceived by the Spirit ; it is Spirit perceiving its own Truth 
 and the expression thereof, in the Soul consciousness. In- 
 tuition is direct apprehension or cognition of first and final 
 
94 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 truth, a perception of the principle upon which creation is 
 based, and upon which all conclusions must be based, if they 
 be truthful. We cognize first and final truth when we make 
 our thought, love and will, that of Spirit ; we become intui- 
 tional by turning from the problem to the principle that is, 
 by turning from the letter or spoken word, to the Spirit, and 
 by obeying the Spirit of truth with perfect faith, trusting it 
 for all need as a little child trusts its mother. Intuition 
 heeded is obedience, and knowledge gained ; or it is seeing 
 with understanding. When the Spirit is represented in our 
 thoughts, that is, when we think truth of the Spirit, we blend 
 the intellect and reason with its source. So it is by truthful 
 thought, that we realize the real, and know what it is to b>3, 
 and look upon external things as mathematical demonstra- 
 tions of Being. When thought is elevated above sense, 
 it is above delusion, and we are free from the psycho- 
 logical influence of the senses. The teaching of intuition 
 enlightens the senses, and under its instruction we see the 
 divine reason for sensible things. ' To yield our thoughts 
 servants to obey the senses, is sense psychology, and hence- 
 forth we build upon an inverted foundation, which is to fall 
 from God to mammon. 
 
 2. To discover first and final truth is to awaken from 
 the dream of sense. "Come unto me all ye that labour, 
 and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest." Come unto 
 Spirit in understanding, means obedience to Spirit, which 
 is rest and peace which passeth understanding. To be 
 
INTUITION. 95 
 
 transformed and "renewed in the spirit of our minds," 
 means that we are to practice truth ; truthful thoughts are 
 things which we need in every hour to keep the mental 
 atmosphere free from the mists of error. It is not possible 
 to free the mental from sense, and dispel the desires which 
 attach the thought and reason to temporal things, and see 
 with the eye of understanding, without first taking the 
 preliminary steps to find the real, and then distinguish 
 between the real and the unreal. When this is accom- 
 plished, it is necessary to retain the real in thought, until 
 you awaken to a knowledge of yourself as the real, and of 
 the body as profiting nothing. An external effect can never 
 become the cause. We can believe that effects are causes, 
 and sense the confusion of our false belief; but we cannot 
 change the truth by our false belief. The race belief that 
 sickness, sin and death are real, or that they are natural 
 effects, cannot make them real or true examples of the 
 Spirit. But all that are heavy laden with mortal care and 
 mortal desire and beliefs, and are suffering therefrom, will 
 find rest and peace through the truth, for it alone frees. 
 14 Know the truth, and the truth shall make you free ;" to 
 know the truth is intuition. Think and speak the truth of 
 yourself, and you will find wholeness, health and happiness 
 f< >r yourself. It is an unalterable truth that the opposite of 
 sense perception is spiritual truth, and we cannot awaken to 
 a knowledge of God, which is a knowledge of eternal life, 
 and know things as they are, unless we be guided in our 
 conclusions of one another by the Spirit of God, or the 
 
96 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 attributes of Divine Mind viz.. Love, Truth, Justice, 
 Power, Knowledge, and all goodness which we perceive as 
 belonging to uncreate Being. The way of obedience and 
 intuition is that of recognizing God as our instructor ; or it 
 is to understand that His being is our being, and to recog- 
 nize His mind and attributes as our mind and attributes, and 
 that we have no other. The way of knowledge and power 
 is to make God's method and purpose our method and 
 purpose, His thought and word our thought and word, 
 by speaking the truth, and nothing but the truth of Him. 
 Thus the individual becomes the willing instrument of 
 Spirit ; this is intuition. In the silence is contained all 
 power and truth ; so in the silence we find the truth and 
 learn to know ourselves. To perceive the truth is not to 
 create it, or change it. It is to awaken from unconscious- 
 ness to consciousness of that which is, was, and always 
 will be. 
 
 3. The truth of which these lessons bear witness, reveals 
 to you the basic principle of the great sum of truth ; and you 
 may demonstrate Harmony within yourselves, by speaking 
 the word with perfect faith in passive expectation. If you 
 consult Spirit and upon it base all your conclusions as you 
 would base the solution of problems upon principle, Spirit 
 will guide you into all truth. It will instruct you to believe 
 in itself and in nothing else. It will tell you not to believe 
 that you are sick, weak, and in pain, or that you fear or 
 doubt, or that you are perverse. It will not instruct you to 
 
INTUITION. 97 
 
 hate persons, times or places, or to have an aversion for the 
 weather or the daily duties of life. The word of Spirit is 
 like unto Spirit ; it being Infinite, there is nothing else for it 
 to represent but itself. So, when it speaks it necessarily 
 represents itself. To overcome and blend the thought, will 
 and desire with Spirit, means renunciation of personality. 
 "Very near to renunciation, very near dwelleth eternal 
 peace." Ask yourselves daily and hourly, is this conclu- 
 sion true of Spirit, or is it true of appearance ? Seek in this 
 way and you shall find. From the silent depths of your 
 soul, ask to realize that life and light that lighteth every 
 soul that cometh into the world. This light is the Spirit or 
 God, which pervades you, and is the guide to all truth ; 
 take your position as one with your Maker. From this 
 plane you can see with the spirit of understanding. Then 
 S2ek in the depths of your soul, by recognizing God's 
 presence there, and you will find and realize the real, and 
 come to know your Maker and yourself. This is intuitive 
 knowledge sought and gained. 
 
 "Do you ask what I found in the valley? 
 ' ' ' Tis my trysting place with the divine ; 
 
 ' ' And I fell at the feet of the holy ; 
 
 ' ' And around me a voice said, be mine. 
 
 "Then arose from the depths of my soul, 
 "An echo, my heart shall be thine." 
 
 4. God's word to the individual is you are my very- 
 self manifest, and you have no other being than my own. 
 
98 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Then with all sacredness and holiness you should regard 
 yourself whole, and pure, and Divine feel yourself united to 
 all life, and have a love for all things, at all times. When 
 you have done what the Father doeth, by being universal 
 in your thoughts and deeds, you are a son with whom the 
 Father will be well pleased. To reach this exalted state is to 
 act from the Spirit within you. None can realize their union 
 with God as long as there is prejudice against, or a dislike 
 for God manifest ; that is, for anything in creation. ' ' Love 
 thy neighbor as thyself." Those who would perceive 
 themselves as they truly are in being, must drop from their 
 consciousness the thought or belief of dislike and prejudice, 
 of evil, sickness and sorrow, as real ; there are no such attri- 
 butes in Spirit, which is all reality, the only Maker or mani- 
 festor. It is an offence against God to believe in that which 
 is the opposite of His being. These destructive beliefs which 
 we erroneously call sickness, sin, and death, destroy the 
 body. Then think and believe in goodness, health, and life 
 only, and you will preserve the body in harmony. First 
 seek the kingdom of God, and all else will come. You can 
 master your thoughts because you are greater than thought ; 
 for the reason that you are the mind, which thinks. You 
 can control the body perfectly, because you are its life. You 
 are cause, and it is an effect or spoken word of being. When 
 mentality is free from the illusions of the senses, it knows that 
 physical things are not its master, but that it is the God in 
 us, which lives and is master of all. 
 
INTUITION. 99 
 
 5. All conclusions based upon the truth that God is 
 Infinite, are divine ; the results may be likened unto flowers 
 budding forth in spring- time. They are buds of health, 
 harmony and love, springing forth from the depths of soul. 
 They \vho are faithful in their recognition of self as one 
 with the Omnipresent, and with earnest effort and sacred 
 endeavour try to express and realize their union with 
 Infinite Goodness, will define the true terms of their relation 
 or union with it. If you cling earnestly to truth, and assert 
 that you are immortal now, you will manifest immortal 
 power in thought, hence in the body. 
 
 To recognize yourself as eternal now, is true adoration. 
 
 To attempt to realize yourself as one, with the Father, 
 is true meditation. 
 
 To declare this truth in thought, word and act, is true 
 Faith. It is speaking the word which makes God manifest. 
 Denial of error and affirmation of truth, is the method of 
 turning from falsehood to truth ; of ignoring the senses, and 
 recognizing the spirit. To be carnally minded is death ; 
 that is, to mind the things of sense is to serve them, which 
 is disobedience of Spirit. But to be spiritually minded is 
 peace and life, because it is consciousness of life and truth. 
 To speak truth we are to refuse to recognize self as mortal 
 or changeable, or as being anything that is, or can be sick, 
 unhappy or dissatisfied. If you speak truth only, you assert 
 in thought that you are good, unchangeable and immortal, 
 by reason of your relations to that which is, was. and ever 
 
100 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 will be, and that all is permanent good. To attain clear 
 and deep intuitive perception, we recognize our teacher by 
 thinking his thougths. To state in another way unless we 
 think according to the Principle or Spirit underlying- all 
 manifestation or creation, we are not solving our problem 
 according to that Principle, nor are we mentally obeying the 
 command of our teacher, the law of Being. 
 
 6. Clear sight comes from drawing the line between 
 yourself and thought, and its product the body; between 
 yourself and your feeling ; between the mortal and the 
 immortal; between the manifestor and the manifested by 
 ignoring sense, and affirming the truth. 
 
 Beginners inquire what the science teachers would do 
 if they had pain, which they could not remove. Would 
 not they say they were sick? No. We deny its reality, 
 as we would deny the reality of a shadow. Why should 
 we turn from truth in time of need, truth is never sick. It 
 is but the shadowing forth of erroneous beliefs. So we do 
 not compromise with what we know is not real ; but we 
 ignore and deny it, by affirming that it is false show, and 
 then affirming the truth of Spirit for ourselves thus we 
 restore the mental expression to health. To declare the 
 truth of Divine Spirit for ourselves, is to manifest it by 
 obeying the Law. .The truth that frees should be spoken in 
 faith, and with understanding. Do not allow your sensa- 
 tions of pleasure or pain to form a basis for your judgment 
 
INTUITION. 101 
 
 as to your real condition ; not'until we live the life, do we 
 know the power of good that is at hand. Goodness yields 
 not to our beliefs or self placed limitations, but it is ready at 
 any hour to give to, or manifest itself in us, when we step 
 from behind the bar of selfish limitation. 
 
 ' ' So the soul receives its message 
 
 " By a route we may not trace, 
 ' ' From the deeps where fathomless silence 
 
 ' ' Broods ever in endless space. 
 
 ' ' Where the finite may not measure 
 
 ' ' With its puny rule and rod, 
 ' ' The truths which the soul receiveth 
 
 ' ' Direct from the heart of God. ' ' 
 
 7. Christ said, "I say unto you, love your enemies; 
 bless them that curse you ; do good to them that hate you ; 
 pray for them that despitefully use you and persecute you, 
 that you may be the children of your father, which is in 
 heaven ; for he maketh the sun to shine on the evil and on 
 the good, and sendeth the rain upon the just and the 
 unjust." To manifest as sons of God, we must fulfill these 
 commandments. Our thought, word, and act are to be 
 pure, and extend equally to the just and seeming unjust, to 
 the good and seeming evil. This can be accomplished 
 only by ceasing all negation, and by living a life of absolute 
 truth. Those who labour under the delusion that they are 
 an enemy to any person, or that any person is an enemy to 
 
102 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 them, can be blessed, only, by removing the delusion. 
 The power of truth alone can do this. The true practitioner 
 of the Science of Infinite Spirit will hold all alike, in truth, 
 and loving thought, as brothers and sisters, regardless of 
 their thought and deed. So, if any have the false belief, 
 that they are our enemies, or that we are theirs, we should 
 not allow their false belief to change our thoughts and 
 feelings toward them ; thus we continue to perceive our 
 union with, and to retain our love for them. To give hate 
 or revenge in return is to permit their erroneous thought 
 and deed to form a basis for our thought and deed ; hence, 
 we are guilty of what we condemn ; that is, we are doers of 
 what we hate. To be true to ourselves and to them, we 
 should not change, but regard this as their hour of need and 
 as our opportunity ; then we shall not be found wanting in 
 time of need. Not to be wanting in time of need, is to 
 supply them with thoughts of truth and love at the time 
 their mentality is darkened with error. If we mentally 
 analyze Spirit, Soul and Body, we find that all life, power, 
 and substance is of God ; and as those holding false beliefs 
 do not know this truth, and realize what they are in being 
 and as we do know it becomes our duty and good 
 pleasure to hold them in truth and love. We perceive them 
 as divine in being, but misrepresenting themselves in their 
 beliefs. We speak to them in silent thought, saying : THE 
 FOLLOWING WORDS OF LIFE. There is no reality or truth 
 in the belief that you feel revengeful, or that you hate, or 
 would like to illy use me. You do not think such thoughts; 
 
INTUITION. 103 
 
 // is no more you, who think, for your thoughts do not 
 represent you ; belief of hate and revenge are not even a 
 shadow or symbol of your being. There is no attribute of 
 hate or revenge in being. These beliefs are a misrepre- 
 sentation of yourself . You have your being in God, and 
 are divine. You understand this truth, for in Spirit you 
 hear what I tell you. You know that you have love for all 
 persons and things; you are my divine brother or sister, 
 and as such I love and bless you. The Infinite Being, or 
 Spirit of Goodness, is your life, substance and power, and 
 the same is mine ; and we have no other. You are blessed 
 with the same consciousness of truth as am I. You under- 
 stand mt\ dear brother or sister ; your false beliefs are 
 dispelled by the light of my truthful thought ; you now 
 realize that you are free, fearless and loving, and that love 
 abideth in you, for all humanity and for me. We speak 
 not to the patient to destroy the law, but that it may be 
 fulfilled. 
 
 This treatment and similar thought should be given 
 freely to all who believe they are enemies, or have enemies, 
 or to anyone whose understanding is darkened with the 
 belief of envy, jealousy, malice, cruelty, revenge> etc. By 
 sending truthful thought with love, we adjust their thought 
 to the law of Being, and fulfill the command, ' ' Love your 1 
 enemies, and do good to those who despitefully use you and 
 persecute you. ' ' 
 
 It is not sufficient for us to think about the goodness 
 of God ; we are here to bear witness of the Spirit of truth, 
 
104 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 as did Jesus the Christ, by thinking its thoughts, and doing 
 its work in Earth. 
 
 It is not sufficient that we know that truth frees, but it 
 is necessary that we think the truth in order to realize the 
 freedom of truth. 
 
 It is not sufficient for us to think about getting well, 
 but in order to know the truth, that we are well, it is 
 necessary to affirm health for ourselves. To affirm the truth 
 of Infinite Being, to which we are eternally sealed in 
 thought, word and deed, is to manifest peace and harmony 
 upon Earth. As we cannot be separated from Infinite 
 Being, and as it cannot become less than itself, our duty and 
 privilege is to recognize and identify ourselves with it. To 
 do this, is to know freedom and eternal life, and realize the 
 peace of Being. Each and every individual has the power 
 to perceive the truth of the Infinite Source; that is, they 
 have the ability to truthfully interpret it, which is intuition. 
 We can only realize ourselves as divine, by expressing the 
 divine. As our thoughts ascend toward the Infinite Source 
 in resemblance to it, we ascend in consciousness toward the 
 Infinite. We are to know freedom, and save ourselves from 
 all difficulty by truthful thinking ; for as we think, so do we 
 manifest. 
 
 8. Do not argue upon the Science of Spirit with one 
 another. The still small voice cannot be heard ; neither is 
 it known to speak in argumentative tones, for such is not 
 the resemblance of the stillness of Spirit. To hear the 
 
INTUITION. 105 
 
 unutterable voice of the Supreme, it is necessary to attain 
 a peaceful, tranquil habit of thought. The highest con- 
 sciousness can be manifest by appropriating and trusting 
 the truth of Being in all our experiences, be they agreeable 
 or disagreeable. They who live the life will know the 
 truth; it is necessary that we be the law love, in order to 
 express it in thought and deed. Correct your habits of 
 thought by adjusting them to the principle of the Most 
 High, and you have controlled all expression. Do not 
 believe that the trifling things which have annoyed you, 
 can annoy or have power over you. For, how can circum- 
 stance or a thing of time and place that is past, hence dead, 
 annoy or trouble you ? If you believe it can, then it is your 
 belief that troubles you, and not the circumstance or thing. 
 All troubles are the result of misinterpretation relative to 
 Being, a lack of knowledge, or faith in, and love for, the 
 ever present Being. The remedy is to know and to live 
 the Truth. 
 
 Do not listen to recitals by your friends of sin, sickness 
 and sorrow, without denying, in thought, their reality ; this 
 will prevent you from sympathizing with beliefs held and 
 expressed by them. Give thoughts of love and truth in 
 return. Speak not of any person's belief in sickness, as 
 having power over them. Cease the idolatrous thought, 
 that form has power over the formless Spirit ; for all who 
 believe it has, or that form is life, substance or power, do 
 suffer. It has been written that Truth is a jealous god- 
 
106 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 dess, and suffers no rival. They who love her, will serve 
 her ; she does not compromise with false thinking. Not 
 until we serve the truth, and fulfill the unchanging law 
 (love) of Being, or put away lying, and speak the truth 
 (see Lesson IV, Sec. 7,) are we free from subjection to the 
 law and its chastisement ; but when we fulfill the law, we 
 are one with it. 
 
 9. They who select Wisdom for their bride, must woo 
 her with all their heart (with undivided affection) ; and dis- 
 miss false belief or perverse thought from the bridal-chamber 
 of their Soul (their consciousness). This chamber must he 
 furnished with truth, and ornamented in the order of simple 
 faith. Wisdom, the bride of Love, is modest, and only ap- 
 pears in the presence of her bridegroom Love, when the 
 bridal-chamber or consciousness is thus adorned or furnished. 
 They who turn from the letter to the Spirit, with love and 
 attention fixed therein to serve the Spirit or Truth day and 
 night, will unite themselves with wisdom. They who love 
 to serve the truth with unwavering faith, will find Me 
 Wisdom ; for I am easily found by a constant devotion to 
 Me and love for truth. I am united and wedded to Love 
 by the Supreme One, and they whom God hath sealed to- 
 gether cannot be separated. In whomsoever the love of 
 God is manifest, the same is the Bride. 
 
LESSON VIII. 
 
 ATTRIBUTES OF INFINITE SPIRIT. 
 
 Where is the one wisdom Spirit or Mind the all know- 
 ing, to be found? Shall we in thought soar to some un- 
 known realm, or are we in thought to reach to some far 
 away sphere, or central sun, that the light of truth may 
 shine upon us? Is this One Spirit or Mind which is all 
 wisdom, and all power, limited to time or located in place? 
 Is it unchangeable or changeable? Infinite or finite? 
 
 2. The substance of the Bibles of the Ages is contained 
 within the truth that God is Spirit, and is all knowing, all 
 powerful and all pervading, all knowledge, all power, all 
 presence. This central truth contains the detail of our 
 Science, and is the one truth or principle from which the 
 problem of life is solved, and by which the truth is demon- 
 strated in each individual consciousness ; and it is the one 
 truth from which if we deviate, or in thought wander away, 
 we form erroneous conclusions, or false beliefs. If absent in 
 thought from the Eternal Spirit, when forming conclusions, 
 reason is robbed of principle for the time being, and to prin- 
 ciple the conclusion is meaningless. Unless Spirit or God 
 be the basis of reasoning mentality becomes darkened, and 
 we believe ourselves to be that which is seen with the eye, 
 
108 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 viz., flesh or effect, instead of Spirit or Cause. This is 
 perversion of the premise from which we draw conclusions, 
 and all effort from this direction is darkness to mentality. 
 
 3. The all embracing" truth of the omnipresence of Spirit 
 or Mind, has been but vaguely and indifferently presented to 
 humanity as something to believe, but not to be realized or 
 demonstrated. Science or truth says, as God is omnipresent, 
 there can be no other presence ; then it is axiomatic that the 
 kingdom is at hand, and that heaven is within in Infinite 
 Spirit. That the One all knowing Mind is here, and is not 
 to be sought in some unknown realm, or far away sphere, 
 or central sun. That it is not limited by time or confined 
 to place, for it is limitless, boundless, changeless and indi- 
 visible. 
 
 4. The way is clear for you to seek interior to the soul 
 in the depths of the silence, or in the uncreate, for the light 
 which lighteth every man that cometh into he world, and if 
 you find not the wisdom Spirit, or mind there, you may 
 seek in vain elsewhere. When you find it there, you find 
 that all is within it, and that it is everywhere. Then the 
 real presence can be proven or manifested by correct think- 
 ing, "Things which are seen were not made of things which 
 do appear. ' ' Cause is not apparent to sense ; that which 
 manifests is light or wisdom, Spirit or Mind. 
 
 5. Be satisfied to commence the work of regeneration 
 in your present surroundings, with your present understand- 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. 109 
 
 ing. They who in thought are faithful to truth, will find the 
 Kingdom of God and His righteousness within, then all else 
 shall be added. 
 
 Truth is eternal, and you cannot recognize a truth or 
 attribute of the Divine which is not in yourself. 
 
 If Divinity were not within, and you were not divine, 
 you could not manifest Divinely. If it were not an unalter- 
 able truth that Spirit is omnipresent, it would be impossible 
 to manifest good. But, you will ask, if error or evil were 
 not present, how could we manifest error or evil? The 
 Spirit or Mind which is all wisdom, goodness and power, is 
 positive presence, the all pervading and sustaining one. 
 
 Then evil or error, so-called, is temporary appearance, 
 the effect or outpicturing of false interpretation or thinking ; 
 it is not a real presence, and can remain in appearance no 
 longer than we darken mentality by believing in it, and thus 
 ignoring the absolute and real presence. 
 
 6. The time cometh and now is, when the true teacher 
 will teach the truth of Spirit from the Spirit. The awakened 
 know that the troubles and trials of existence believed in by 
 the unawakened can only be permanently corrected by the 
 word which liveth and abideth forever, or by the decision of 
 Spirit, which is truth, for it alone frees. In solving and 
 demonstrating the problem of life, all errors must be corrected 
 by, and interpretations made, according to the Spirit. By 
 basing the thought and conclusion on the Spirit or Mind 
 
110 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 underlying creation, we obey the Spirit or God within. In 
 this way the teacher solves the problem, or corrects the 
 error for those who are striving to overcome effects known 
 as evil and dis-ease. 
 
 As the teacher of mathematics does not fear the error 
 in the example, or sympathize with it, but erases it and pro- 
 ceeds to instruct the pupil in the principle underlying the 
 example to be demonstrated, so the teacher of divine science 
 does not fear the appearance of sickness or other errors of 
 existence, or sympathize with them, but erases them by 
 denial, and proceeds to instruct the patient in truth, calcu- 
 lating from the Spirit or Mind, in which creation is based. 
 
 7. Zoroaster said : "The Father perfected all things, 
 and delivered them over to the second mind, which the 
 whole race of men calls the first." 
 
 This second mind is mentality. Spirit or Mind makes 
 everything that is made, and pronounces it good. All things 
 are perfect in infinite Mind. "To the pure all things are 
 pure." But existence or form is handed over, as it were, 
 and is subject to our thought, for the reason that existence 
 or form is the result of evolution of thought. 
 
 We are free to interpret ourselves truthfully or other- 
 wise. We may render our decision according to the Father's 
 decision, that all is good ; or we may interpret existence to be 
 the opposite, evil, and ourselves to be sinful, or sick. But if 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. Ill 
 
 we hold to the word of God and practice the truth, we work 
 in concert with His idea of things, and do His will thereby. 
 
 Whosoever doeth the will of the Father the same is the 
 sister, brother, and mother of Christ, the Truth, and are 
 walking in the straight and narrow way, and will come to 
 see things as He sees them. Truth is the food of which if 
 we partake we shall not hunger. Hold to the truth that 
 good is the real presence, and that there is no other, and it 
 will be in you a well of water springing up into everlasting 
 life. Let your decision be one with the Father's, that all is 
 good. 
 
 8. We deem it of great importance in this course -of 
 lessons that you obtain a thorough understanding of the 
 attributes of the uncreate, and that you hold them in con- 
 sciousness as a guide for thought, to prepare you for future 
 study and demonstration in truth's practice. 
 
 Your conclusions, if truthful, will harmonize with the 
 attributes. Not a day will pass but you will turn from the 
 example to the Principle, or from the letter to the Spirit, to 
 adjust your thoughts to the Principle or Spirit, and not a 
 day will pass but will find you further on the way in wisdom 
 and harmony. 
 
 9. What are the attributes of the uncreate ? Truth 
 says, "God is Spirit, and they that worship Him must 
 worship Him in Spirit and in truth. "John iv : 24. There 
 is no respect to persons with God, for He is omnipresent. 
 
112 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 ' ' Knowing that of the Lord (Spirit) ye shall receive the 
 reward of the inheritance, for ye serve the Christ, by speak- 
 ing the word of truth." Col. in : 24.. "But he that doeth 
 wrong shall receive wrong which he hath done ; there is no 
 respect to persons." Col. iii : 25. 
 
 Truth applies alike to all at all times, and whosoever 
 negates and denies the presence of God, by perverse or 
 opposite thought by claiming the opposite of truth for 
 themselves, will receive that which they claim will express 
 their thoughts in the body. Negation is a negative condi- 
 tion, and is made apparent in sickness, sin, etc. "For not 
 the hearers of the law are justified before God, but the doers 
 of the law shall be justified." Rom. ii: 13. 
 
 Now that you know that the universe is full of Good- 
 ness, that it is ever present, you have the firm foundation 
 upon which to base your statement and demonstrate the 
 power of good. 
 
 10. We cannot be separated from infinite good. So it 
 is a truth that when we cease to be negative to its presence, 
 and cease believing in evil or in sickness and cease spend- 
 ing precious time in talking about them and allow the truth 
 to occupy our thought, that all is good, we manifest good, 
 and nothing but the good. 
 
 Presence is an attribute. ' ' Can any hide himself in secret 
 places, that I shall not see him?" saith the Lord. " Do I 
 not fill Heaven and Earth." Jer. xxiii : 24.. "Whither 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. 113 
 
 shall I go from thy Spirit, or whither shall I flee from thy 
 presence? If I ascend up into Heaven, then Thou art there. 
 If I make my bed in hell, behold, Thou art there. If I take 
 the wings of the morning, and dwell in the uttermost parts 
 of the sea, even there shall Thy right hand lead me, and 
 Thy right hand shall hold me. If I say, surely the darkness 
 shall cover me, even the night shall be light about me. 
 Yea, the darkness hideth not from Thee ; but the night 
 shineth as the day ; the darkness and the night are both 
 alike to Thee." Ps. cxxxix : 7-12. 
 
 The lesson which these wonderful texts contain, is the 
 truth that we cannot get away from God ; when in the most 
 unhappy state of thought, that of total denial of Him in all 
 decisions rendered which is mental darkness when not 
 even a belief in good remains, nor a ray of light is apparent 
 in thought, even then the light of His presence is within, 
 around and above all. This teaching sustains our science, 
 and proves that the spirit of truth is not changed or altered 
 by words, habits of thought, or false belief. It does not 
 change or accommodate itself to our misinterpretation of it. 
 The way to a realization of the wisdom Spirit or eternal life, 
 is truthful interpretation of it, of self, and of one another. 
 
 As long as our consciousness is based in the example, 
 we do not perceive the principle, and we form erroneous 
 conclusions ; or, if it be based in the body, we do not 
 perceive the Spirit, and our real self, hence we form 
 erroneous conclusions of ourselves by taking forms to be 
 
114 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 real. So, when the example is erased, or the body of a 
 friend laid aside, all is gone from us that we have loved. 
 This is sorrow. The fruit of negation is a darkened mental 
 condition ; whosoever ignores Spirit for flesh, ignores self 
 for raiment. This is the sandy foundation upon which, if 
 we build, we come to desolation and sorrow. We cannot 
 understand the absolute presence through negation. "He 
 that cometh to God must believe that He is." 
 
 11. "In Him was life, and the life was the light of men. ' ' 
 John i : 4. We speak the word by saying, " God is our 
 life, and we have no other. He is the source and fountain 
 of all wisdom." 
 
 ' ' For with thee is the fountain of life, and in Thy light 
 we shall see light." Ps. xxxvi : 9. By living in positive 
 affirmation or constant recognition of good, we come to see 
 as Spirit sees. By claiming the opposite of Infinite Spirit 
 for ourselves, thought, which is the channel through which 
 Spirit expresses, denies it expression ; this is weakness. 
 
 12. God is power. " Let every soul be subject to the 
 higher power, for there is no power but of God. The 
 powers that be, are ordained of God. Rom. xiii : i. "For 
 of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things, to 
 whom be glory forever." 
 
 When we claim that there is a lack of anything that the 
 Spirit contains, we ignore the presence of that which we 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. 115 
 
 desire, and deny it expression through the channel of thought; 
 therefore we do not manifest that which we have in Being. 
 
 ''God is love, and he who loveth fulfilled! the law." 
 ' ' Let us love one another, for love is of God, and 
 every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth 
 God." i John, iv:j. If we think loving thoughts, and 
 love our neighbors as ourselves, God dwelleth in our 
 thoughts and is manifest in us. ' ' Hereby know we that we 
 dwell in Him, and He in us, because He hath given us of 
 His Spirit. ' ' And we have known and believed the love 
 that God hath given us. God is love ; and he that dwelleth 
 in love, dwelleth in God, and God in him." "Therein is 
 our love made perfect." 
 
 \Ye prove the love of Spirit by our thought, in bearing 
 witness and speaking truthfully of Spirit ; thereby is our 
 wisdom made perfect. 
 
 13. God is wisdom ; then do not deny by thought, 
 word, or deed, that wisdom is within, around, or about 
 you at all times. In all your ways acknowledge the 
 attributes of the Infinite Spirit, and it will direct you into all 
 wisdom. 
 
 \Yisdom is the principal thing ; therefore get wisdom, 
 and with all thy getting get understanding. " " Exalt her, 
 and she shall promote thee ; be not wise in thine own eyes." 
 Proi'. xi~c :j. " Know ye not that ye are the temple of 
 God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? The 
 
Il6 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 wisdom of this world (of the senses) is foolishness with 
 God." 
 
 ''Whence then cometh wisdom, and where is the place 
 of understanding : God understandeth the way thereof, and 
 knoweth the place thereof." "Behold the fear (love) of 
 the Lord, this is wisdom ; and to depart from evil is under- 
 standing." Job xxiii : 20, 23, 28. 
 
 All wisdom is contained in the silence, but she will 
 forever refuse to reveal her secrets to those who negate her 
 presence. 
 
 He who takes wisdom for his bride, must acknowledge 
 her before and as above all existence. This is the way of 
 understanding. 
 
 14. Once conscious of these central truths, if we 
 practice them and become doers of the word and not 
 hearers only, we rend the veil of sense delusion. Once 
 conscious of the real presence, there is freedom from fear : 
 when we are present in the Spirit, we are absent from the 
 letter ; when we are in faith, we are free from doubt. Let 
 not circumstance nor appearance turn your thought from, 
 or cause you not to acknowledge the silent Being which is 
 never absent, and sustains you. 
 
 Be not partakers of circumstances surrounding you, by 
 believing they have power over you. When in thought 
 you hold yourself in truth, conscious of the Infinite, with 
 no prejudice or aversion for sickness or surrounding cir- 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. Iiy 
 
 cumstances, you will surmount them and be able to go 
 forth and heal others. Whosoever believeth, through 
 understanding, shall do the things that are promised. Study 
 well the first three lessons ; they furnish the basic truths for 
 a full understanding and demonstration of the science. 
 
 15. Thoughts which represent God and the fruit there- 
 of, are goodness, wholeness, truth, love, justice and harmony. 
 That which manifests is the whole of Infinite Spirit. So, if we 
 do not sympathize with, and have an aversion for error, we 
 shall be able to lift those who are seeking aid, out of un- 
 consciousness to a perception of truth. 
 
 The light of truth alone can banish the darkness of 
 ignorance and its effect. Have no fellowship with the un- 
 fruitful works of darkness (ignorance). ' ' But rather reprove 
 them," means do not sympathize with the error in the ex- 
 ample, but erase it and think no more about it, and turn to 
 the principle and work the example by it. 
 
 To adjust our habits of thought to the Infinite, is the 
 true means of speaking the word for ourselves. It is ease, 
 and not dis-ease. It is order, and not dis-order. It is 
 
 harmony, and not in-harmony. 
 
 "It is speaking to ourselves in psalms, and hymns, 
 and spiritual songs." Singing and making melody in our 
 hearts to the Lord, to adjust all to Goodness, is to build 
 upon the rock of the unalterable. "He is the rock, His 
 work is perfect, for all His ways are judgment. A God of 
 
Il8 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 truth without iniquity, just and right is He." Deiit. 
 cxxxii :. Justice is that attribute of Infinite Spirit which 
 it manifests in all its ways and expressions ; and the justice 
 of Spirit is according to truth. 
 
 Justice renders to everyone his or her due. Conformity 
 to truth is justice to God ; it says, as you think, so will 
 existence be with you ; for it is subject to thought. Spirit 
 says, represent me in your conclusions, and you will know 
 that peace that passeth understanding. ' ' With what 
 measure ye mete, it is measured to you again." 
 
 1 6. The standard of divine science will become the 
 standard of humanity. All will awaken to the truth that 
 there is no incurable disease or evil ; that there is a healing 
 balm for all. Truth's practice will erase all error and 
 inharmony. 
 
 When the children of God know what they are, these 
 questions will they ask of themselves : is this decision or 
 conclusion like unto the attributes of an Infinite Spirit is it 
 true of the most high? If so, just and right it is. Does my 
 decision represent or misrepresent the omnipresent good 
 pervading the person or thing thought about? Justice to 
 God is the royal road which leadeth to peace upon earth 
 and good will to men. Thus kindness rules. 
 
 17. Spirit is mercy. "For His merciful kindness is 
 great toward us. " " For the mercy of the Lord endureth 
 forever, and all that endureth forever is strength." 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. 1 19 
 
 ' ' He giveth power to the faint, and to them that have 
 no might He increaseth their strength. But they that wait 
 upon the Lord shall renew their strength ; they shall mount 
 up with wings as eagles ; they shall run and not be weary; 
 and they shall walk and not be faint." Is. xi: 29-31. 
 
 To wait upon the Lord is to affirm with perfect faith the 
 strength of the Spirit for ourselves, and for one another, 
 and think not weakness. 
 
 1 8. Spirit is perfect. " Be ye perfect, therefore, even 
 as your Father in heaven is perfect. ' ' This command would 
 not have been given, if it were not possible to fulfil it. In 
 full consciousness of truth, all is reconciled to Spirit. The 
 inner meaning of the word lifts the veil of delusion from 
 understanding, and the perfectness of all things is revealed 
 thereby. For that which is but seeming disappears in the 
 presence of truth, as light dispels the darkness. 
 
 The study and application of this lesson, added to 
 previous ones, will guide you further on the straight and 
 narrow way that leadeth to wisdom and power, that you 
 may produce correct examples and harmonious expressions. 
 
 When calculation is according to the Spirit, it admits 
 of no inaccuracy of conclusion. This system admits not of 
 ignorance or of the negation of Spirit, or God. It admits 
 not of doubt or indecision, which is weakness. It admits 
 not of perversity, self notion, or egotism. For if the all 
 wisdom Spirit or Mind be recognized, understanding 
 
120 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 illumines mentality and existence ; this is the end of dark- 
 ness. Whosoever walketh in wisdom's way, gaineth the 
 consciousness of a son of God. " He that overcometh shall 
 inherit all things ; and I will be his God, and he shall be my 
 son." Rev. xxi:j. 
 
 WORDS OF HEALING. 
 
 That the efficacy of Prayer or words of healing be not 
 destroyed by sense seeing and false believing, prepare your- 
 self to speak the following words, by entering the closet of 
 the silence (in thought and consciousness), in the presence 
 of the invisible, impersonal, wisdom-Spirit or Mind. 
 
 When you have closed the door to sense seeing and 
 believing, acknowledge the presence of God and all His 
 goodness, put on the whole armor of Truth for each and 
 all, and proceed to instruct your patient in the truth. 
 
 Dear sister or brother ; all beliefs in sickness are false, 
 for they misrepresent being. The sensation or appearance 
 which has been called pain or disease, is an effect or proof of 
 error of belief, and false belief is nothing. 
 
 Yon are in infinite Spirit, or Mind, one with all good- 
 ness ; you are good, peaceful, harmonious, for God is your 
 life, substance, and power. Beliefs in sickness are false, for 
 
INFINITE SPIRIT. 121 
 
 they are not based on unchanging principle of life, love, 
 and truth, which underlies existence. You can not be sick, 
 for to be, is to be uncreate, one with God the Father ; you 
 possess, therefore, all that you desire to manifest, viz : life, 
 lore, truth, wisdom, justice, faith, strength; for the Spirit 
 of God and the truth that frees, is ever in you and you in it. 
 You can not be absent from the perfect. Be ye perfect, 
 means, know the truth that your father in heaven is in you, 
 and you in Him. and in his presence there is pleasure 
 evermore ; therefore you are whole, entire, wanting nothing, 
 absolutely full of peace and harmony at this time. And 
 this truth is not absence, but is positive and eternal presence, 
 from which you can not be separated. 
 
LESSON IX. 
 
 TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 
 
 In the preface of this book we have told you that to be 
 healed, means a spiritual and normal condition, which brings 
 into expression consciousness of unity and wholeness. A spir- 
 itual and normal condition is one like unto Infinite Spirit, with 
 which we are one. That we may manifest and realize the 
 harmony of Spirit, we are to acquire a knowledge of what 
 we are, and know that we are forever concerned with the 
 permanent and real, and not with the transient and passing. 
 
 2. Unity, or wholeness, means oneness with all that is, 
 and all that is, is that from which all things come. That 
 which is manifest and made apparent, is within that which 
 manifests and makes apparent. Hence there is always unity 
 between the Creator and the created. Understanding and 
 right perception gives realization of this truth. Day by day 
 we perceive more and more of first and final truth, but we 
 do not create, or make it ; that which we perceive, is that 
 which is eternal, and is Creator and Maker of all things. 
 
 3. To know the truth, that we are one with the Whole 
 or Holy Spirit, is to know that we are one with all goodness; 
 not to deny, negate, nor to refuse in any way to accept this 
 all-inclusive truth, but to affirm it in thought, word and act, 
 
TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 123 
 
 is the great work which lies before us. Affirmation brings 
 realization, for it is the word of truth and life ; it is the 
 pinnacle of absolute consciousness, above temptation and 
 sense delusion, and reveals to us that we are superior to 
 time, place and circumstance. 
 
 They who realize this truth, are caused to turn from 
 darkness to light, from the seeming to the real, from dis-ease 
 to ease, from fear and its torments, to love and its bliss, from 
 unkindness to justice, from doubt to faith, from false belief to 
 knowledge, from the tempter to God, in which and by which 
 all live: "THE BREAD OF LIFE." 
 
 4. The question may arise in the thoughts of many, is 
 it possible at all times and in all places to rise superior to 
 environments, surrounding conditions and circumstances? 
 This question may be correctly answered by the one asking 
 it, by perceiving what Being is. Let not yourself forget 
 what self is ; all know that they are, but all do not know 
 what they are. This lesson is to be learned only by adhering 
 to truth with divine steadfastness. Forget not that environ- 
 ment, condition and circumstance, are effects not cause, 
 while you are cause not effect, and that effect can not 
 environ, condition, nor limit cause ; nor is it ever otherwise. 
 
 Whosoever hath an eye to see, will see that they have 
 not been, neither can they be, environed, or limited by 
 things of time and sense, and that the belief that they can 
 be or have been, is false ; and is that which darkens the 
 
124 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 intellect and veils it from understanding, and prevents 
 truthful conception, and perfect manifestation of self. 
 
 We are ever superior to our manifestations, as cause is 
 superior to effect, or God to nature, or the Creator to the 
 created. 
 
 5. Truthful interpretation is correct perception of Spirit 
 and its manifestation. It perceives effect, as effect, and 
 cause, as cause. It is the basis for truthful word, just and 
 right action, and a perfect manifestation or body. Salvation 
 from error is salvation indeed. 
 
 The first work to be done preparatory to correct in- 
 terpretation, is to erase false belief ; by means of this primary 
 work consciousness is realized that you are superior to all 
 effects, or to the visible universe. You are now to under- 
 stand, that to hold yourself superior to all expression, is to 
 hold yourself in truth ; and to think of others, the same 
 as you do of self, is to think truthfully of them. 
 
 6. Is it to be understood, that by holding ourselves in 
 truth, we can control our thought, and be indifferent to 
 surrounding circumstances ? 
 
 This can be gained only through a systematic and correct 
 mental training in Divine thinking, by adjusting mentality 
 to principle. Through right habit of thought, sensation, 
 word and deed the effect of thought becomes harmonious, 
 and we realize peace, in earth the body as it is in heaven 
 Spirit. 
 
TRUTH S PRACTICE. 125 
 
 Through holding ourselves in truth, we realize the real 
 and are not troubled with, nor by effects. Not until we 
 control our thoughts by the Spirit of Truth do we hold our- 
 selves where God has placed us. 
 
 7. If we have erroneous beliefs, such as envy, prejudice, 
 hate, etc., we place ourselves beneath them, for that which 
 we believe in, to the same do we yield our thoughts ser- 
 vants. ' ' Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves 
 servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey ; 
 whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto righteous- 
 ness?" Rom. z'i:i6. If you find that through force of 
 habit so-called you are thinking and reasoning in favor 
 of the belief in sin, sickness, and death, envy, prejudice, 
 hate, etc., do not feel discouraged, but deny and erase that 
 line of thought, by thinking, speaking, and manifesting their 
 opposite. Think and manifest salvation and not sin, health 
 not sickness, life not death, justice not envy, love not 
 prejudice, truth not hate ; by so doing you serve God, 
 Goodness, and make desirable conditions. The science of 
 God is also the science of Goodness, the law of which is 
 love. 
 
 "Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he reap." His 
 habit of thought is expressed in the body ; he reaps in 
 manifestation what he by thought sows in mentality ; the 
 present thought will bear its fruit in due season. They who 
 would be free from error, must be willing that error should 
 
126 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 pass from their mental vision ; must be willing not to believe 
 in error, then maintain that position, and think no error. 
 
 The lesson of letting go, is an important one to under- 
 stand. To get understanding is to let go of error. 
 
 8. Beliefs in ignorance which are those that ignore 
 the spirit in making decisions seek to serve effects that 
 which is visible. But after we have come to know the 
 Spirit, and that all that is, is Spirit and is Goodness, there 
 being no other cause of creation or manifestation, we serve 
 but one master ; and quickly do we pass from the false race 
 beliefs and their effects, to true knowledge and peace. This 
 change, though it be sudden, is effectual. 
 
 Some persons say they fear to let go of the belief of the 
 reality of sin, sickness and death, for fear that they may 
 come upon them, and for this reason they are afraid not to 
 fear. It is written, " God hath not given you the spirit of 
 fear," with its torments. He has given you the spirit of 
 perfect love with its bliss, which when recognized, obeyed, 
 and manifest, casteth out fear. When we abide in that 
 truth which God hath given us, we give up false beliefs in 
 fear, for His love and truth. He who manifested patience, 
 divinely, while suffering, said, "the things that I feared, 
 have come upon me." 
 
 Commence your work in the place and condition that 
 you are in, by thinking and saying : I do not fear, there is 
 nothing to fear. The spirit of Goodness is omnipresent ; it 
 is life, love, power, faith or substance, it is all that I need 
 
TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 127 
 
 and want. I love the truth and am in truth and of the 
 truth, which is fearless and free. 
 
 9. Let your thought be that the Infinite Goodness, in 
 which you live, sustains in every hour, guides and gives in 
 every need. Seek to make your thought loving and kind 
 toward all persons and every thing, and it will be like unto 
 the One which gives and sustains all that live. 
 
 If you fear age, or believe that you can grow old, which 
 is an inference that you were once young, that fear is based 
 in the belief that you are the mortal body. So you are taking 
 yourself to be the passing and transient ; this being misinter- 
 pretation and not interpretation, it is the basis for fear and 
 its torments ; therefore, rouse up and claim the truth of 
 Being for yourself. Age cannot touch you, death cannot 
 come to you. 
 1 ' Never the Spirit was born ; the Spirit shall cease to be 
 
 never ; 
 
 Never was time it was not ; End and Beginning are dreams! 
 Birthless, and deathless, and changeless, remaineth the Spirit 
 
 forever ; 
 
 Death hath not touched it at all, dead though the house 
 of it seems ! ' ' 
 
 Shall such continue to say, I fear I doubt I am 
 subject to sin, sickness and death? Can that which cndureth 
 forcrcr, be subject to the symbol of life? You will say no, 
 forever no ! Then if race belief be manifest in the body, in 
 form of disease, it is for the reason that we have not been 
 
128 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 conscious of the truth about self; therefore not active in 
 truthful thought. 
 
 10. Disease and pain, so to speak, are always effect ; 
 so they are subject to us ; and this is demonstrated by 
 truthful thought, and the non-reality of disease is proven. 
 Where fear and negation are not, pain is not. When there 
 is an appearance of pain, if you doubt not, that truth will 
 heal you ; speak quickly the words of life and truth, and 
 you will prove its mastery and freedom. 
 
 Christ said, "Resist not evil." If one comes to my 
 house or place of business with misunderstanding about 
 some business matter and is angry and perverse, and will 
 not reason, am I not to resist his abuse ? 
 
 "A soft answer turneth away wrath." All recognize 
 that anger is error ; if you meet error with error, it is the 
 blind leading the blind, both fall into the ditch. Truth is 
 power and harmony ; therefore, if you meet anger with 
 steady, unwavering thought, words and acts of truth, thus 
 self centered, your mental condition being superior to, is 
 master of the condition of anger. If you are moved to 
 anger by his expression, you thereby make his expression 
 yours, and the two conditions are one. Hence you are doer 
 of what you condemn. 
 
 11. Whatever the occupation may be, truth applies alike 
 to all, and is the remedy for all error. Let not work worry 
 or fret you ; you may prevent it from so doing, by thinking 
 
TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 129 
 
 that the more I worry and fret, the less competent am I to 
 execute and make desirable conditions ; that the strength and 
 concentration which is necessary for the accomplishment of 
 the work, is expended in worry and fretting ; therefore, say 
 there is nothing to worry and fret about, that you desire to 
 do what you are doing, and that you are happy. If you 
 thus affirm, believing, your work becomes a pleasure, and 
 worry ceases. Blessed are they by their words and works, 
 who thus speak and act. The time spent in worry and fretful 
 thinking bears bitter fruit, for during such time thought 
 (the channel of expression) is occupied with perversity and 
 negation of Spirit ; such thinking is void of principle and life, 
 which produces its own discord, for it is not in accord with, 
 or according to Spirit, which is all principle and life. Spirit 
 manifests with order and law. Its thought is a living image 
 of itself; Its word is a form or symbol of Its thought. It 
 has no anxiety nor worry ; fear, anxiety, fault finding, are 
 effects of selfishness, or self desire ; in the present moment, 
 hour, or day, there is sufficient work to be done, without 
 taking thought of the morrow or fearing the future. 
 "Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof." 
 
 1 2. If we build a bridge, vessel, or structure of any kind, 
 the plan of the structure is first completed, then the builder, 
 step by step, is guided by the plan to its completion. Each 
 day brings its duty, or new part of the work, which brings 
 it further on the way toward a perfect whole; and to-day's 
 work is a preparation for to-morrow's work. No amount 
 
130 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 of anxiety can aid the work or hasten its completion, or 
 change the plan. If by accident any part of the structure 
 be destroyed, no amount of anxiety can aid in replacing it ; 
 the work must be done again, and all that can be done can 
 be accomplished better without anxiety and fear, than with 
 it. So, also, can the problem of life be demonstrated by 
 each individual. 
 
 When truthful thought takes the place of error, and 
 knowledge of ignorance, the effects of ignorance called dis- 
 ease, sorrow and trouble, are rapidly dispelled. 
 
 13. Some persons conscientiously say, "I feel that I 
 am powerless to help myself; I have not attained to truth, 
 but I believe I could attain to it and live the life if I was 
 situated as some are, etc." Dear friends, do not feel dis- 
 couraged though you have tried a thousand times to live 
 the life, and have seemed to fail; all effort is success in 
 motive. Do not be anxious about your situation be willing 
 to commence your work in your present surroundings, for 
 you now know that you are not subject to elements, climates, 
 surrounding environments, heredity, nor any mortal thing; 
 for the immortal cannot be subject to the mortal. ' ' Nay 
 in all these things we are more than conquerors, through 
 Him that loved us. For I am persuaded, that neither death, 
 nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things 
 present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any 
 other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of 
 God, which is in Christ Jesus, our Lord." Christ Jesus, 
 
TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 131 
 
 meaning God with us. Make this truth your own by affirming 
 this position in thought, word and deed, and you will free 
 mentality from race belief. If old habits of thought return, 
 keep in remembrance, through renewed effort, what manner 
 of Spirit you are of, and that the Infinite Spirit is all that is 
 above your individuality. Therefore serve one master, have 
 one guide, one father or parent source. 
 
 They who would be free from idolatry, must place 
 themselves above the corruptible, in the incorruptible, and 
 move not from that position. Cease trying to feed on husks, 
 by placing self beneath and subject to effect. They who 
 would raise themselves from the dead from form appear- 
 ance mask, etc., to a consciousness of a life eternal with 
 God, must stand firm in this high and truthful position, the 
 one which God hath given us. 
 
 14. If you are in the habit of saying that you are sensi- 
 tive, negative, and receptive to surroundings and to your 
 own error of thought, or that of others, and that you must 
 be situated in certain physical surroundings to be happy, it 
 is another way of saying, I am inferior to the most external 
 effects, and therefore dependent upon them for life and 
 peace ; this is placing things and conditions between you 
 and God, or Goodness. True happiness, strength, knowl- 
 edge and power, come from having no other God before me. 
 This is true, for the reason that we are the idea or word 
 which was before the beginning, which was with God, and 
 which was God. Therefore when we place effects between 
 
132 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 us and God, our .false attitude in thought is our suffering. 
 To understand and realize what we are, is eternal freedom. 
 Not until we acknowledge ourselves as above conditions, 
 and hold ourselves firmly there by our thought, do we or 
 can we realize what we are, and have freedom from ignorance, 
 which is false interpretation. If you must have certain 
 conditions, know the truth, that you are maker of your own 
 conditions and environments ; that it is your thought and 
 belief that you place subject to or above conditions, and 
 the false interpretation of others. If you believe that the 
 thought of another is the cause of your illness, then place 
 yourself in your true position, as one with Infinite goodness, 
 above all error, and take the person with you whom you 
 have thought to be the cause of your illness. 
 
 Each and every claim that is the opposite of Spirit, is a 
 denial of its presence, and is also a negation of our divine 
 inheritance, which is eternal life with God- Goodness, for 
 this is the eternal record. 
 
 15. I hear the thought of thousands, asking from out 
 the silence, can we maintain ourselves in this high attitude 
 of Infinite Goodness, while in its opposite, this mundane 
 sphere? When you regard the spirit of Infinite Goodness 
 as the only Spirit and Presence, it being all of power, all of 
 goodness, all of love, all of truth, all of life, all that is, you 
 are in the high attitude of Spirit, you have gone up into the 
 mountain, where all false belief and its effect is seen as false 
 belief and appearance only, over which you have entire 
 
TRUTH S PRACTICE. 133 
 
 control. Ignorance is the cause of all suffering, and 
 knowledge and truth is its remedy. When we take our 
 position in truth, which is one of knowledge, we are able to 
 erase false belief, by striking at the root of error in our own 
 mental conditions. 
 
 It is sense seeing, unillumined by Spirit perception or 
 truth, that makes us sensible of error, trouble and inharmony, 
 and causes us to affirm that they are ours and are real. We 
 should be satisfied that what we claim as our own, belongs 
 to us, and as we have no power or substance but of God, 
 we should be careful what we claim, for it is not profitable 
 to lay claim to that which God has not given us, and thus 
 deny that which He hath given, and which He is. So they 
 who decide not to lay up treasures of error, trouble and 
 inharmony, but that their treasures shall consist of the real 
 and eternal, and of nothing but the real and eternal, will be 
 faithful in the practice of truth, and willing to deny all error. 
 
 1 6. If we give place in our thought to the word of 
 prejudice spoken by another, we have listened, and it will 
 bear its fruit in us. 
 
 A teacher of Divine science not long since, said to her 
 class, that if at any time circumstance made it necessary for 
 them to listen to recitals of prejudice, envy, malice, etc,, to 
 say, ' ' my soul did not hear it. ' ' 
 
 What we refuse to admit in the soul or even in 
 mentality, we have not heard; thus all error is rejected k 
 
134 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 If, therefore, thine eye be single to truth thy whole body 
 shall be full of light. 
 
 Mentalities that blend with the consciousness of Spirit, 
 know that they are the light of the world, and will let their 
 light so shine, that the Spirit will be manifest or apparent. 
 No ill can befall one who sees no ill. They who fulfil the 
 royal law, resist not evil, for they see no power in what is 
 called evil ; goodness being infinite, they know naught but 
 goodness. The silent thought of many while reading this 
 lesson will be, what am I to do with what I see ; I see 
 nothing but evil, error, and suffering. Whence does it 
 come whither does it go, this appearance, called evil and 
 suffering? I certainly know what I see before me. 
 
 Dear friends, do you know what you see before you ? 
 Whence does it come, whither does it go ? proves that you 
 do not understand what you see. What you see is not 
 knowledge, nor is it a source of knowledge. Therefore it 
 cannot impart knowledge to you. There is but one source, 
 which is all knowledge. Science or truth is exact knowledge, 
 and there cannot be exact knowledge, but of the permanent 
 and unchanging, which is forever invisible. 
 
 It is ours to know the law of creation, and the true 
 relation of the Creator to the created ; it is ours to know 
 Cause and effect ; that knowledge does not consist in the 
 seeing of error ; so, if you do not see anything but evil, 
 error, and suffering, you do not see that which is as m'uch 
 as a symbol of knowledge, or even a shadow of truth. If 
 
TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 135 
 
 the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that 
 darkness : knowledge is not revealed through the seeing of 
 error. 
 
 The principle of mathematics is not revealed by the 
 error in the problem ; we do not perceive the principle until 
 we turn from the error. God is not revealed by the errors 
 of his children. 
 
 We do not perceive and manifest God, until we turn 
 from error to God. The law of love is not manifest in us, 
 while we are recognizing the hate manifest in others. All 
 bitter fruit is the product of false seeing and believing, or 
 misinterpretation. 
 
 Spirit perceives its own truth ; and to the pure all is 
 pure. Hence it is impossible to obtain knowledge from 
 error, in error, or by error, or even from effect, in effect, or 
 by effect. 
 
 17. They in whom the inner eye is unveiled will per- 
 ceive that as sensation is an effect, it is something to be 
 understood and controlled by perfect thought, its source, and 
 is not to be thought of as a cause ; hence they will not be 
 frightened when pain or suffering appears. 
 
 The practitioner of the science of Infinite Spirit or truth 
 has the mistakes of the whole world to erase or correct when 
 healing. Eighteen hundred years ago, the Jews claimed 
 themselves to be the children of God, because they were 
 descendants of Abraham ; basing their conclusion on the 
 physical, proved they did not understand the full meaning 
 
136 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 of their claim. The world's people are still claiming to be 
 the children of God and the descendants of form, earth, 
 or flesh. 
 
 This belief in materiality, which is the root of all idolatry 
 and suffering, should be denied in thought, and by word 
 and deed. And this is our method of correcting the false 
 race beliefs. 
 
 Truth is our remedy for all suffering, and we offer no 
 other in any case of dis-ease or discomfort that comes 
 before us. 
 
 1 8. What are the evidences of truth? "These signs 
 shall follow them that believe ; in my name they shall cast 
 out devils ; they shall take up serpents ; and if they drink 
 any deadly thing it shall not hurt them ; they shall lay 
 hands on the sick, and they shall recover." 
 
 He who was master of all conditions, who knew the 
 possibility of humanity, said, ' ' He that believeth shall do 
 the things that I do. " And the apostles, according to the 
 Acts, could cure even to the raising of the dead. 
 
 The science of God is absolute mathematics. They 
 who wish may demonstrate and prove it. A true practitioner 
 will administer truth for all beliefs of imperfection. To heal 
 is to manifest truth in the body. ' ' He that raised up Christ 
 from the dead shall also quicken your bodies because of His 
 Spirit that dwelleth in you." Truth is the remedy, and the 
 only remedy, for error, and will not compromise with it. 
 All may heal, who will administer truth free from personal 
 
TRUTH'S PRACTICE. 137 
 
 will and desire, by thinking, speaking and acting it. Healing 
 by the Spirit of truth, is casting out error by the power of 
 God, and is not a kingdom divided against itself. When 
 the Spirit of truth is manifest in the patient, God is manifest. 
 
 Truth is equally good for all ; the more we give of this 
 remedy, the more we are conscious of. In healing do not 
 in thought hold your patient as the body, nor use personal 
 will ; have no desire for special effects, otherwise it will not 
 be a science treatment. When we speak from Spirit and 
 claim all Goodness for another, our measure is according to 
 Spirit, and is just and right. 
 
 Truthful statement, made like unto God, destroys 
 erroneous belief, which is unlike God. 
 
 19. One more question do we hear in the silence, which 
 we will answer in this lesson. ' ' How do you treat persons 
 at the time they are passing through the change called 
 death ? ' ' Knowing that our personality or personal presence 
 is not the power that heals, we speak the truth, placing our 
 faith in the Spirit of truth ; thus we administer the living 
 water of eternal life. "There is no death, what seems so 
 is transition. " So we clothe them with love and truth, by 
 holding them as one with all goodness. We speak to them 
 in the silence, and tell them they have eternal life with God, 
 and to look within, to the spirit in which they live, and there 
 will they find Heaven. That they are at one with the whole 
 Spirit make this truth your own, and all else will be added. 
 
138 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 If our sympathies are touched for the friends, we include 
 them in our words of life, and hold all alike in truth. 
 
 Dear student, you thoroughly understand from this 
 lesson what it is to hold all in truth. 
 
PREFACE TO LESSON X. 
 
 EXPANSION INTO CONSCIOUSNESS. 
 
 In our first lesson we guided your thought to the Parent 
 Source or Infinite Being, and in all lessons have held you in 
 
 unity with it. 
 
 We comprehend the Parent Source to be the Infinite 
 Spirit of love and goodness, and that it is for all and sustains 
 all alike ; and they who seek will find it, and they who ask 
 for knowledge of that source, to them it shall be given. 
 That thought may be expanded into a full realization of this 
 truth, it is necessary that we have faith that it is, and then 
 think, speak and act in unison with that faith, without waver- 
 ing or contradiction. So hold ye firmly to this all-inclusive 
 truth, and practice without ceasing the truth perceived from 
 day to day, and from lesson to lesson, and realization of 
 unity with God will crown your effort. 
 
 Truth brings its realization and conviction from its own 
 realm, that of reality ; conviction is certainty, nothing waver- 
 ing it is faith, rest, peace. 
 
 2. As the expression of Spirit cannot comprehend Spirit, 
 that is, as the finite cannot understand the Infinite, or as that 
 which is made cannot know its maker, it is necessary that we 
 find the Infinite Parent Source and realize that we are one 
 
140 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 with it as did Christ Jesus, before we can see as Spirit sees, 
 and work as the Father works. ' ' For what man knoweth 
 the things of man, save the spirit of man which is in him? 
 Even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the spirit 
 of God ; but we have not the spirit of the world, but of God, 
 that we might know the things that are freely given to us of 
 God." As like comprehends like, it is necessary that the 
 ear of understanding be opened to the silence the fountain 
 of wisdom that we may hear the unalterable truth which 
 enlightens and subdues the senses, and removes self-made 
 limitations, that we may realize that we are in the midst of 
 the Infinite ocean of life and power, and learn to think as 
 it thinks. 
 
 3. The following for daily practice, is a means by which 
 mentality may be expanded to realize the truth and blend 
 into Infinite consciousness, which makes free. 
 
 The daily practice of transferring the thought from the 
 manifest to the Unmanifest, from problem to principle, from 
 effect to Cause, or from nature to God, gives freedom from 
 effect limitation ; therefore, practice thinking what it would 
 be like to be present everywhere at the same time, sustain- 
 ing, embracing and pervading all that lives ; and to be all 
 of power, all of substance, all of law. To-day, yesterday 
 and forever the same. Just in proportion as you succeed 
 will you truthfully apprehend the all-pervading Spirit, and 
 be rewarded with knowledge and power. Then extend your 
 thought beyond limits ; out-pass all form into the formless 
 
CONSCIOUSNESS. 14! 
 
 and silent ; traverse all time, become eternity in thought, 
 live in the ever present. Lift the thought above all heights, 
 descend below all depths, that you may conceive of and 
 know the Omnipresent Spirit, and the true relationship 
 existing between the manifest and the unmanifest ; and that 
 all that is perceived is contained within the perceiver. To thus 
 perceive and think is freedom, God perception, and true 
 knowledge. So in order to comprehend self, it is necessary 
 to know what we are like. If we perceive ourselves to be 
 as closely related to the Supreme Being or Parent source, as 
 an idea is to Mind, then we may comprehend all that we 
 perceive ourselves to be, and to be related to, for that which 
 is inseparable knows itself, and its manifestations. If we 
 perceive ourselves to be Unmanifest Spirit, one with the 
 whole Parent Source, we have a truthful apprehension of self 
 and the Parent Source. If we believe ourselves to be mani- 
 festation, the out-picturing of God as a ray or reflection, we 
 apprehend that only which is limited and temporal. Hence, 
 we speak from the plane of limitation, and not from the plane 
 of consciousness and understanding, for we do not under- 
 stand more than that which we believe ourselves to be. 
 
 Christ is to us "the way, the truth and the life," in 
 that he reveals the true relation of the " I am," or real self, 
 to God. Not until we take our true position and maintain 
 it as did He, have we placed ourselves in thought and 
 consciousness where God hath placed us ; nor can we 
 demonstrate the Truth as it was demonstrated by Jesus. 
 
142 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Therefore, they who believe in their union with God, shall 
 be sanctified in the truth, and glorified in the realization of 
 it, and shall do the things that Jesus did, i. e. , make free by 
 the power of Truth. If the motive be based aright you will 
 seek to know the Spirit, that you may work as it works. 
 This system of guiding thought, and expanding it into 
 consciousness, casts out the beam from the eye and makes 
 it single to truth ; and the mental constitution is illumined 
 with its light, and the individual ascends up into an high 
 mountain as did Jesus, and from thence thought, radiant 
 because it is truthful, flows out (fragrant with that love 
 which applies alike to all which has no respect to person) 
 to the multitude below which are in darkness or mis-inter- 
 pretation ; and they who have an ear to hear will hear : i. e. , 
 they who in understanding are open to the Spirit, know the 
 thought of Spirit, and in them that believe the material uni- 
 verse to be a plane of cause, and who therefore sit in dark- 
 ness and in the region and shadow of death, light will spring 
 up, which will be as a star guiding mentality to its Parent 
 Source Spirit. Let your light so shine that the Spirit of 
 Truth which is in heaven may be glorified. 
 
LESSON X. 
 
 THE SPOKEN WORD, OR THE PURPOSE OF LIFE 
 IN CREATION. 
 
 "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was 
 with God, and the Word was God." 
 
 That is, in the beginning that which is, was, and it was 
 with God, and it was God ; or, prior to thinking and the 
 results of thinking, that which thinks and speaks, and is the 
 cause of action, is, and it is with God, and it is God. 
 
 2. The Esoteric, or true meaning 01 the God-head, is 
 understood to consist in the truth that three truths, so to 
 speak, are essential in the one absolute Being, that it may be 
 manifest. Hence, God the Omnipresent Spirit, is known to 
 the awakened to be a Trinity in Unity, or three in One, which 
 is prior to the formation in thought of mental images like 
 unto itself. 
 
 Spirit perceives the idea of creation within itself; hence, 
 there is the perceiver, the perception, and the idea perceived, 
 and the three are One ; for the idea and the perception are 
 in the perceiver, and are prior to thought and manifestation. 
 The Spirit perceives all possibilities in its idea, which is also 
 itself. They constitute the first triad, or union of three, 
 known to the Egyptians as the sacred Trinity or triangle of 
 
144 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Love, Wisdom and Truth ; they are pure Spirit God the 
 Father of all. 
 
 To state in another way, God or Spirit is Love, Wisdom 
 and Truth ; and the three are prior to, and necessary to 
 thought and demonstration. It may be reasoned in this 
 way : God is love, and wisdom is essential to the realiza- 
 tion of the truth that He is Love ; or it may be said, love, 
 knowing the truth of what it is, and knowing its own power, 
 is wisdom. Therefore, the power to think and create is 
 contained within the Trinity ; and resulting from this eter- 
 nal, unchangeable perception and consciousness, is thought 
 and creation. All are familiar with the Trinity as ' ' Father, 
 Son and Holy Ghost," which means Spirit, Soul, and the 
 perception that the two are one, or that they constitute the 
 whole of Being ; and because of this perception, the power 
 to think is manifest as thought, and through the divine and 
 orderly method of thinking, are all things made that are 
 made or brought forth. 
 
 3. "I am, that I am," therefore I think, is a truthful 
 conclusion. Add to the Trinity or triangle its power to 
 think, and we have justice, which forms the sacred square 
 the Perfect Whole. So that which squares the triangle, is 
 the power to think, and is justice, so with what measure we 
 mete, the same do we have ; and when Love, Wisdom and 
 Truth, or Father, Son and Holy Ghost, are manifest in 
 thought, the thought is just to God and man, for it is an 
 image of them, and is divinity manifest. As all things are 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 145 
 
 produced by the power of thought, the production is an 
 exact image, or effect of the thought producing it ; there- 
 fore, the effect is perfect justice to the thought ; then if the 
 thought be in the image and likeness of God, the effect or 
 image is an exact representation of God or God manifest 
 in the flesh. 
 
 This is the divine order of manifestation, and as is the 
 thought, so is the manifestation ; and never is it otherwise. 
 So all that we have in manifestation, is the result of what we 
 have thought ; thought is the tree which produces sweet or 
 bitter fruit, and the fixed habits of thought or belief deter- 
 mine the kind it shall be ; according to the tree so is the 
 fruit. The out-picturing of thought is exact justice ; it 
 never fails to bring its reward, or produce its kind. 
 
 4. Christ knew himself to be the Omnipresent Trinity, 
 or Spirit. Therefore, if we believe understandingly in 
 the " Lord Jesus Christ," we shall know the freedom, power 
 and glory that He did. To believe on Him, is equivalent 
 to the interior recognition of the truth that we were never 
 lost, except in a lower range of mentality, born of false 
 interpretation ; this is equivalent to perceiving that our 
 Being and that all Being is included in the Godhead, the 
 Infinite, Omnipresent One. All images like unto God, are 
 the result or offspring of this eternal Trinity ; therefore, in 
 order to think, three truths are necessary : the perceiver, the 
 perception, and the idea perceived and thought about. 
 Resultant of the Trinity is thought, which is a mode of 
 
146 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 motion, co-eternal with the perception in the Trinity. 
 Thought, being the first born of Spirit, is individual, not 
 omnipresent, therefore it acts in time and place, but it 
 being the imaging quality or power of the omnipresent, it 
 can be extended to all time and all place. There is an 
 individual and relative consciousness which is co-existent 
 with thought, and according to the thought so is this 
 consciousness ; in it we image the Spirit by our thought ; 
 in it we also image the letter by pur thought. It is essential 
 to the recognition of the demonstrations of thought ; without 
 it we could not see the examples that are solved, nor the 
 many demonstrations or creations in the visible universe. 
 To know what we are in Being, is to know Truth and Life, 
 and is to be able to think the thought that makes Being 
 manifest in the flesh. To know what we are, is to be able 
 to look upon our manifestations truthfully, and know what 
 they are. 
 
 5. As there is but one Being or Infinite, there is but 
 one mode of manifestation : the symbol of that mode is 
 apparent in the visible universe. Three facts are necessary 
 for the discernment of a visible object viz : the see-er, the 
 sight, and the object seen. Not until we think about the 
 object before us, which is imaged upon the retina of the eye, 
 do we consciously see or sense it ; so thought and relative 
 consciousness, which is the first-born of the upper triad, 
 becomes the see-er on the sense plane. Therefore, resulting 
 from these three facts, is the power to discern material 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 147 
 
 objects. The power to think is contained in the Godhead, 
 and thought is its first-born ; and through thought do we 
 discern the visible universe, or that which is the result of 
 thought. As Being recognizes its own, in absolute and 
 perfect thought, thought sees or senses its own, in that 
 which is made. It is clear that when we perceive from the 
 plane of Being, we perceive the truth relative to expression, 
 and express in thought the power of Being, which is life 
 and truth manifest or made apparent ; this is bearing fruit 
 of the Spirit. When we see objects, or sense visible things, 
 the objects seen or things sensed are not neither can they 
 become a cause for the expression of life, truth and power. 
 
 While we are privileged to look upon the beautiful 
 symbols in nature, which are radiant with the life of the 
 Omnipresent Deity, yet not until we see them as effects, can 
 the thought and reason be raised into the Omnipresent 
 Deity with which they are radiant ; nor can we ascertain 
 and make apparent the full purpose of life in creation, that 
 of bearing perfect fruit of the Spirit. 
 
 6. In solving a mathematical problem, we first perceive 
 the principle, and by means of thought we image the prin- 
 ciple in the mental solution of the problem ; and, if the 
 thought be governed every step of the way by the principle, 
 the result is a perfect representation of the principle, for the 
 example is a truthful manifestation of that which is real and 
 eternal. It is a form or image of the formless, but it is 
 neither life, truth, nor power. An example is the symbol 
 
148 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 of an idea, or an idea made visible to the senses. Spoken 
 words are symbols of ideas, and are ideas revealed to the 
 senses, or it may be said that forms of speech are for the 
 purpose of making ideas cognizable by the senses. But, if in 
 solving the problem we do not perceive or comprehend the 
 principle, the thought is not governed by it, and we show 
 that lack of comprehension in incorrect word and deed, 
 and the thought and its result is not a form or image 
 of the principle, but the would-be example is so many 
 meaningless marks which do not represent anything that 
 is, neither truth nor fact God or Nature. 
 
 To solve the problem of life, we must by means of thought 
 mentally receive, and image in consciousness the absolute 
 and unchanging Spirit ; then reflect that image in the body, 
 and demonstrate it in word and deed, and that which is 
 reflected in the body, or demonstrated in word or deed, is a 
 symbol of the unchanging life and truth, and is radiant with 
 that which it symbols. It is health and ease, but it is not 
 the life, substance or power ; it is the real, symboled and 
 made cognizable to the senses. 
 
 7, To find self in Being, as Cause, is to be able to per- 
 ceive the truth and demonstrate the problem of life with 
 mathematical accuracy, according to eternal justice the law 
 of Being. 
 
 But if in our effort to solve the problem of life, we fail 
 to perceive and realize the absolute and unchanging Spirit, 
 we do not image it in consciousness by thought, and we fail 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 149 
 
 to reflect it in the body, or demonstrate it in word and deed. 
 If we believe the manifestations of Spirit to be cause, or 
 Spirit, thought is in harmony with that false belief, and the 
 harmony of the out-picturing of thought in the body is 
 destroyed by false conclusions based on falsehood. Then 
 the false belief that is made apparent in the body, and in 
 word and deed, is not a symbol of life and truth, but being 
 based in the changeable and corruptible, its symbol is sick- 
 ness and dis-ease, which stand for naught, for they do not 
 represent anything that is, and are meaningless appearances. 
 
 8. The baptism of the Holy Ghost is a knowledge of 
 the whole truth of what Being is ; in other words, to know 
 what Being is, is to live and bathe in the spirit of truth the 
 Omnipresent Life. When the Spirit of Truth, which is the 
 comforter, is perceived and demonstrated, it guides to all 
 truth and absolute freedom. When Divine Being is imaged 
 in consciousness, we know what harmonious results are, 
 from having produced them. We are to consider, therefore, 
 that all forms in nature, all that is seen or sensed, are 
 symbols of eternal ideas, hence may be called spoken words, 
 representative of principle. 
 
 As forms are spoken words of Spirit, the forms in nature 
 constitute the language or spoken words of the Infinite ; that 
 is, Forms in Nature are the out-picturing of the interior 
 language or idea of Spirit. Our bodies are symbols of an 
 idea spoken and made visible. 
 
150 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 9. Once rend the veil of delusion, and we know that 
 we possess freedom in the Spirit of truth, and know that 
 matter has no power over us, to limit or environ ; for a 
 thinker is greater than his thought, word, or his deed. 
 That which is representative of self or being, cannot control 
 or guide self; so it is clear that we must assume the 
 responsibility of controlling our thoughts, words and deeds, 
 and thus free mentality from its self-made limitations, which 
 means its self made delusions. When this is done we shall 
 be able to perceive and read the silent and invisible language 
 or idea that lies back of all nature the language which is, 
 before the beginning, i. e. , before thought prior to expres- 
 sion. The highest truths of the unmanifest will reveal them- 
 selves to the perception of one whose mental condition is 
 purified by perfect thought that which represents the attri- 
 butes of perfect being. 
 
 The power to perceive, read, and realize the universal 
 language which lies back of created things, is the deepest 
 intuition, it is Spirit taking cognizance of its own truth 
 recorded in the book of life. This language has no sound, 
 neither is it visible to the senses ; it is a soundless, invisible 
 presence, hidden in the secret chamber of the silence, the 
 formless, the all pervading One in absolute love. This per- 
 ception or realization by the majority of humanity in its pres- 
 ent state of understanding, is a possibility unthought of, while 
 by other portions it is so perfectly expressed that they know 
 themselves to be like unto a light, living and moving in 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 151 
 
 light, with perfect faith in their ability to penetrate into the 
 depths of Infinite Being, and realize its reality. Faith is 
 the power and illumination which penetrates the silence and 
 finds the cause of things in Cause or Principle. If we would 
 trace manifestation to its ultimate in outer expression, we 
 must take our position in Cause and commence our reason- 
 ing and perceiving where all things commence, and listen to 
 the silence, the voice of Truth, and guide our thoughts by it. 
 
 10. The Christian Mystic, Jacob Boehme, an illumin- 
 ated seer, expressed the same truth in the form of a dialogue 
 between the Master and His disciple, as follows. The disciple 
 said to the Master : ' ' How can I succeed in arriving at that 
 supersensual life in which I may see and hear the Supreme ? ' ' 
 The Master answered : "If you can only for a moment enter 
 in thought into the formless, where no creature resides, you 
 will hear the voice of the Supreme. ' ' The disciple said : 
 "Is this far or near?" The Master answered: "It is in 
 yourself, and if you can command only for one hour the 
 silence of your desires, you will hear the inexpressible words 
 of the Supreme. If your own will and self are silent in you, 
 the perception of the eternal will be manifest through you ; 
 God will hear, and see, and talk through you ; your own 
 hearing, desiring and seeing, prevents you from hearing and 
 seeing the Supreme. ' ' Acknowledgment of the ever present 
 Deity as being all there is, and meditating with calm and 
 peaceful thought on the same, is the way to prove to our- 
 selves the truth of the Master's words to His disciple, and 
 
152 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 rise above self-made delusion. Practice as advised in the 
 preface to this lesson, and you will hear the inexpressible 
 words of the Supreme, saying, there is no limitation, and 
 beliefs of limitation will disappear ; for error is never appar- 
 ent where truth is spoken and manifest. 
 
 11. At this point in our lesson, it is evident that our 
 work resolves itself into this, that we are to make the 
 thought, love, and motive of Spirit our thought, love, and 
 motive, and thus produce the fruits of Spirit effects 
 which harmonize with the supreme Being. Every word 
 spoken has its origin in the silent and invisible. Every 
 thing in nature has its origin in the silent and invisible. 
 Every thing in nature is but a symbol and shadow of that 
 silent and invisible reality. Such is the power of truthful 
 perception and thought, that they who have the understand- 
 ing to perceive things as they are, and call them by their true 
 or divine name, can produce an effect or appearance 
 representative of the idea resting in the Infinite Spirit or 
 Mind, by perceiving and holding that perfect idea in thought 
 and consciousness. 
 
 The names by which forms in nature are known, are 
 not their real and divine names. They are not named ac- 
 cording to their reality, but according to their appearance. 
 
 12. The pattern of all things is contained in the Holy 
 Mount, prior to expression ; the Holy Mount being Infinite 
 Spirit or Mind, all ideas are contained in it prior to their 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 153 
 
 expression : or it may be reasoned thus, that the Creator 
 contains all ideas within himself before they are spoken or 
 expressed in form. 
 
 There is one eternal, interior language, which contains 
 the words that are before the beginning, prior to manifesta- 
 tion, the symbols of which are natural (is nature) and are 
 intelligible to all. "The word is made flesh, and dwells 
 among us." This interior language is forever resting in 
 Spirit, the parent source, and includes all permanent ideas 
 which are the souls or the types of visible forms, and visible 
 forms are symbols or spoken words of this unspoken and 
 eternal language. As all truth is one, and is forever the 
 same, it is axiomatic that all that truly is, is unity. It 
 follows that as one soul, Christ, has realized his union with 
 the whole, and that the whole is God, they who are 
 awakened to absolute consciousness, are illumined with 
 a perception of first and final truth, and know the self- 
 same truth. All must understand this interior truth, for 
 there is but one to understand, that of the perfect unity of 
 God and His manifestations. While there will ever be the 
 same beautiful variety of manifestation in nature, when the 
 above truth is understood, these manifestations will no longer 
 be marred by negations or misrepresentations of God. 
 
 The finding of self, as one with the absolute, is the way 
 to a perception of this wisdom-language, the soul of things, 
 or the word of God. When we place self in consciousness 
 where God hath placed us, we shall be able to hear the 
 still small voice and perceive with the eye of understanding. 
 
154 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 13. We have not forgotten the lesson impressed upon 
 our memory in early childhood, of how to listen to the 
 silence and be guided by its word. . Having a birthright to 
 the Quaker Church, we were taught to depend upon the still 
 small voice to guide us in the straight and narrow way, and 
 to an upright life ; and, that if we did not listen to, and obey 
 its voice, it would cease speaking to us. How true it is, 
 that if we do not listen to the voice of truth, which is ever 
 silent, and adjust our thought, word and deed to it, we lose 
 the way of hearing, perceiving and understanding, and they 
 that lose this way are lost in the wilderness of effects and 
 appearances. 
 
 If we do not seek first Cause, which is God, and rely 
 upon it, we do seek and rely upon that which is not cause, 
 but effect. To seek and lean upon effects is to serve 
 mammon, is to obey the senses, which is idolatry. 
 
 To seek and to depend upon manifesting first Cause, or 
 God, for all expressions of life and strength, is to worship 
 in Spirit and in truth, is to base the motive and faith aright, 
 and is to fulfill the purpose of life in creation ; for the purpose 
 of life in creation is that God may be manifest, and that we 
 may, as individuals, come to know Him and the I am as 
 one, which is a consciousness of life eternal with God. 
 
LESSON XI. 
 
 THE SPOKEN WORD, OR THE PURPOSE OF LIFE 
 IN CREATION. 
 
 In God, before the beginning of creation, are the souls 
 of all things that are made. In other words, all ideas are 
 eternally in Him, the Infinite Spirit or Mind, hence are prior 
 to manifestation ; and that which is with God in the begin- 
 ning, or which is in Infinite Spirit or Mind prior to mani- 
 festation, is God. (See sections 2 and 12, Lesson X.) It 
 is therefore forever true, that that which is first or prior to 
 creation, is God, and the only cause of creation. And 
 creation is made apparent in God, or Cause, and is the 
 proof or evidence of the presence of the Cause, which is the 
 only reality ; for if Cause be not present, the evidence of 
 Cause could not exist. Nature, therefore, is wholly 
 dependent upon the presence of God, its Cause, and is but 
 a semblance or likeness of that upon which it depends. If 
 it were possible to separate that which depends upon a cause 
 from its cause, or that which is dependent on God from 
 God, even for a moment, extinction of the dependent would 
 accompany such separation. So let not your thought longer 
 sustain the false position that you who are inherent in 
 Cause, and are, therefore, prior to your thought and its 
 manifestation are in any way, at any time, dependent upon 
 
156 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 that which you manifest ; but hold the thought in conscious- 
 ness that your manifestations are wholly dependent on you. 
 Then and then only will you have placed the true worth or 
 value on Cause, where it belongs, and have ceased to place it 
 on effects. To place the true worth upon Cause and upon 
 effect, is to reveal the truth in consciousness, and worship 
 in Spirit and in Truth in God and in Christ. 
 
 2. The science of expression, or a knowledge of the 
 law of expression, is as essential to a perfect understanding 
 as is a knowledge of where and what Being is ; the latter 
 includes the former ; i. e. , a knowledge of Being includes a 
 knowledge of the law by which Being expresses itself. There- 
 fore a knowledge of Being must of necessity reveal the science 
 of expression. Being is the larger term and includes the 
 possibility of expression, or the power to think and make 
 thought apparent in form. The act of divine thinking is the 
 fulfilling of the law 'of expression, or it is the exercising of 
 the possibility of law, and conclusion is the result of law. 
 Truthful thought or correct thinking is God manifest, is His 
 possibility made apparent to the individual. Spirit ever 
 cognizes its own. 
 
 3. As words are symbols of ideas, so are forms symbols 
 of ideas made apparent through thought. At this point in 
 our lesson, the seeming is, that there are two Causes ; but the 
 truth is, truthful thought and word are two effects flowing 
 from one Cause Being. One eternal idea gives birth to 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 157 
 
 both. When divine ideas are manifest in thought, that 
 thought may be projected into form of words, form of feel- 
 ing, form of deed. So our words may be said to be the 
 expression of divine ideas imaged in consciousness by think- 
 ing : ideas are first and are the larger term, which includes the 
 possibility of the word. Prior to the expression of an idea in 
 word, the possibility of the word may be said to be a possi- 
 bility resting in its source unexpressed. This interior possi- 
 bility is the substance and power of the word. As one idea is 
 capable of being expressed or made apparent in myriad forms 
 in thought, so even one perfect thought may be expressed in 
 myriad forms of word ; word of sound, word of deed, word of 
 sensation, word of physical form. When all this has been ac- 
 accomplished, we have neither added to nor taken from the 
 idea, for perfect from eternity to eternity is the idea or soul of 
 things, that which manifests. As the principle of mathe- 
 matics contains all the possibilities of the problems of mathe- 
 matics, so Infinite Spirit contains all the possibilities of the 
 ideas of Spirit that have been, are now, or will ever be manifest 
 in creation. When a problem in mathematics is solved and 
 demonstrated on the board, nothing has been detracted from 
 nor added to the principle ; so when the problem of life is 
 solved and the demonstrations in nature are accounted for, 
 we find that infinite Spirit has only been imaged in thought 
 and symboled in form, and that Spirit is not divided or sepa- 
 rated into parts, neither has anything been added to nor 
 taken therefrom. Even could the whole principle of mathe- 
 matics be demonstrated in one problem and at one time, it 
 
158 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 would still remain unchanged and unchangeable. So if it 
 were possible to demonstrate or show forth all the possibili- 
 ties of Infinite Spirit in one creation, Spirit would remain 
 limitless, unchanged, undivided and indivisible. 
 
 All forms in nature, the planets and systems of planets, 
 and all thereon contained, are symbols of ideas, and may be 
 termed spoken words in their relation to eternal ideas, which 
 ever rest in their Source, Infinite Mind. The Father's ideas 
 constitute the language recorded in eternal life, the language 
 of His Being. He who lives the life may read what is therein 
 written. 
 
 THE DIVINE ORDER, OR THE SCIENCE OF EXPRESSION. 
 
 4. The science of expression is from within, out, or 
 from Spirit to nature. Nature, or form, is external appear- 
 ance or mask, in which the law of revealment reaches its 
 ultimate in demonstration ; and expression or form is not 
 endowed with creative power, for the reason that form is the 
 most external manifestation or out-picturing of the creative 
 power of the idea. Therefore, being the creature of that 
 power, it cannot possess creative power. That which is 
 produced by the action of power, is not the power, but is 
 forever subject to the action of the power which produced it ; 
 if it possessed the power of creating, the means of expression 
 would accompany that power, and this would necessitate a 
 more external manifestation. Thus, we see that form is 
 passive and ever changing, therefore not real, and is neither 
 life, understanding, or power, for they are silent and form- 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 159 
 
 less. The act of thinking is the action of power, and is 
 powerful, and gives form in thought to the formless, and 
 makes visible the invisible or eternal idea. The act of 
 speaking is an appearance of the action of power, and makes 
 the form of thought apparent to the senses. As Being is, 
 and is absolute power, it is greater than thought ; so the act 
 of thinking and its production, thought, is greater than the 
 word. Therefore the form or spoken word which seems so 
 real and substantial to sense, is but appearance of thought* 
 and thought is a representation of an eternal idea. There- 
 fore, seek to get understanding, to "know thyself," and live 
 in life be the Father's idea. 
 
 5. As grand and sublime as nature is, with all her plan- 
 ets and systems of planets, and all things thereon contained, 
 yet she and all her forms are but symbols or spoken words 
 representative of the ideas that are forever resting in that 
 which is symboled the Speaker. Creation therefore repre- 
 sents the divine ideas which are forever resting in the Crea- 
 tor. If nature, the appearance, be so sublime, how much 
 more transcendently so must be the reality or Creator ; 
 hence the eternal truth conveyed in the words, "thine is the 
 kingdom, the power and the glory forever," so let it be. 
 What is it to find the kingdom of heaven and dwell therein ? 
 but to get understanding, and to become fully conscious that 
 we live and move and have our being in God. To thus 
 know that the kingdom of heaven is at hand is to live in the 
 realization of the power and glory of Being. The reason 
 
l6o SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 why the wisdom and power of Being is not more fully mani- 
 fest, is because the attention is occupied with beliefs which 
 are the opposite of Being, and which deny its presence. To 
 believe that we are form that which is manifest is not to 
 know that we are Being, the unmanifest, and this is ignor- 
 ance. The ignorance of the world is due to idolatry, and 
 idolatry consists in placing on form the estimate and worth 
 that belongs alone to Being. To believe that we are form, 
 and that we have being, is false interpretation, but to know 
 that we are Being, the "I am," and that we manifest form, 
 is truthful interpretation. Therefore to think of Being, as 
 form, is the height of idolatry, because it is an act of turning 
 away from and ignoring Spirit as Infinite, which is ig-no- 
 rance not knowing. Awaken, Oh, slumbering humanity, 
 to thine own inheritance, Being, lay hold upon it, it is thine 
 to use and to enjoy. Be passive in thought, and free from 
 anxiety and fear, and look steadfastly into the Unity of 
 Being, and thou wilt see that all that is, is divine, and more 
 than human. ' ' Be still and know that I am God. 
 
 6. The perceptive faculty, or the attribute of Being 
 which perceives the eternal ideas of Being prior to their 
 evolvement or revealment in thought and consciousness, is 
 the basis for, or cause of thought. (See section 4, Lesson 
 X.) We must, therefore, perceive a cause, an idea or 
 attribute which is interior and anterior to thought, and make 
 it the substance of our thought, if we would represent Being 
 truthfully. A question frequently asked is, if Spirit, the 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. l6l 
 
 Infinite, the perfect, the thinker, is the cause of all, how it 
 is that some thoughts are not representative of the thinker ; 
 that is, why are some imperfect ? Spirit or Being perceiving 
 its possibilities within itself, or the possibilities of its ideas 
 which are within itself prior to thought, necessitates the 
 action of the thinking power, so that the possibility of the 
 idea of Spirit may be manifest in, and by thought. As 
 Spirit perceives its truth prior to thought, it also recognizes 
 it when it is evolved by thought and made to appear in and 
 to mentality ; the mental constitution is thereby consciously 
 united to its source or illumined by Spirit or Being ; this is 
 understanding. And it is the way by which the Invisible 
 makes visible, or by which it creates images or forms. 
 Every form in nature is an example of the Invisible, made 
 visible and brought forth in like manner as is the example 
 on the board ; which is the image or form of the invisible 
 principle of mathematics. We cannot, therefore, manifest 
 an idea in consciousness or reveal a truth from perception, 
 without forming in consciousness a likeness of the formless. 
 When we spiritually perceive a truth, we immediately through 
 thought, give it form in consciousness, which is called decis- 
 ion or conclusion, and this form furnishes the basis for and 
 is the substance of the spoken word, or visible form. 
 
 7. The power to think is the power of being. I am, 
 therefore it is necessary that I think, that my possibilities 
 may be manifest. As the white ray of light contains all 
 possibilities of color and shades of color within itself, so also 
 
1 62 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 does Spirit or Infinite Being contain within itself all possi- 
 bilities of universal nature with all forms therein contained ; 
 and as the possibilities of the white ray are not recognized 
 by the individual consciousness until they are brought forth 
 in manifestation of various colors, so the possibilities of 
 Infinite Spirit are unrecognized or unknown to the individual 
 consciousness until they are made apparent in manifestation 
 or brought forth in expression. The white ray, therefore, 
 is fullness of color within itself, as Divine Being is fullness 
 of power and goodness within itself. Being gives the power 
 to think ; but thought occupying the medium ground between 
 Divine Being and the spoken word, or between Infinite Spirit 
 and nature, it can image Cause or imitate effect in mentality. 
 
 8. The power to think is the eternal power of Being, 
 the act of thinking is derived therefrom ; resultant from the 
 act of thinking is a mental image. The derivative is depend- 
 ent upon that from which it is derived, and the center of 
 action being the derivative and occupying the medium 
 ground between Being and effect, it is dependent on some- 
 thing to occupy itself with or to think about, therefore it 
 must do so either by thinking that which will image forth its 
 source, or by thinking that which will imitate its effects the 
 external appearances which result from thought. The former 
 will be an image or creation of life, the latter will be an imita- 
 tion or picture of that which is made, therefore is dead. 
 Heretofore the real has been taken to be the shadowy, unreal 
 and illusory ; and the shadow, the unreal, has been taken to 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 163 
 
 be the substance and the real ; this is the mother of delusion. 
 So when that which is made, which is the result of thought, 
 be taken as a truth and reality, it is made the substance or 
 basis of thought ; then misunderstanding of the mode by 
 which truth is expressed darkens the reason and intellect. 
 So when thought be based in effect, hoping or believing it 
 possible to arrive at truthful conclusions from that basis, the 
 effect upon which hope is based and from which conclusions 
 are derived being neither life, substance nor power, the 
 conclusion is dead. ' ' The minding of the flesh is death. ' ' 
 Then hold not dead pictures in your mental conditions, but 
 let the dead bury its dead. It is an eternal truth, that to be 
 carnally minded is death, or is unconsciousness of Life. As 
 long as we permit the things of sense to form a basis for our 
 conclusions, we see external things as real, through our 
 beliefs in them. If the basis from which we see, image, and 
 form opinions be dead, and always changing as shadow 
 changes with the object casting it so opinions are dead, 
 and must in time pass from memory. Argument and error 
 of understanding are brought about and maintained by this 
 false method of thinking. 
 
 9. As they who allow appearances to form a basis for 
 their thought render unrighteous judgment unto them- 
 selves their thoughts are not born of Being or Spirit, and 
 fruit of the Spirit is not born in them. Negation is said to 
 bring forth bitter fruit, but even that is nothing, for nothing 
 cannot produce something. The bitter fruit is non-expres- 
 
;64 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 sion of Spirit, hence the belief in weakness. So those who 
 allow appearances to form a basis for their thought and 
 conclusions, will be heard to judge themselves and others 
 from the standpoint of appearance ; yet it is written, judge 
 not according to appearances, but judge righteous judgment. 
 Such persons are heard to say, I am sick to-day and to- 
 morrow I am better, and tlir next day well, thus showing 
 that they have no other basis lor their thought and conclusion 
 than feeling and sensation. And while feeling is the result 
 of the recognition of existence, that is, all that we recognize 
 by the five senses we contact in thought, and resulting there- 
 from is sensuous forms of feeling, so feeling is caused to take 
 form from the nature of the thought that we have, and belief 
 that we hold about the appearance which we contact in 
 thought. As long as appearances are permitted to be a 
 basis from which to reason, we cannot prevent ourselves from 
 feeling agreeable or disagreeable, happy or unhappy, for 
 feeling will accord with the plane, premise, and reason of our 
 thought. Reasoning from existence we cannot come to a 
 permanent conclusion, or gain any degree of knowledge 
 because knowledge is a certain perception of truth and for 
 our thoughts and conclusions truth is a basis which never 
 changes, and which is absolute and eternal. Thus control- 
 ing and guiding thought, we express life eternal ; but when 
 thought is based in and on the images resulting from life, it 
 shows forth its kind no life, substance or power; verily both 
 have their reward. They who permit the external to sway 
 their thought, have strong likes and dislikes for people, places 
 
THE SPOKEN WORD. 165 
 
 and conditions: their judgment being according to appear- 
 ances, their thought and conclusions serve appearances or 
 mammon. Such persons are heard to say, I like or dislike 
 the weather ; I like or dislike certain environments or con- 
 ditions; I believe a certain kind of food is digestible or indi- 
 gestible ; I believe if I were in a certain climate I would be 
 healthy and happy, or if I were situated as some are I could 
 be well, happy, and be a power to bless others ; and accord- 
 ing to their own statements of themselves they are wholly 
 and entirely mortal, and are subject to every mortal thing 
 on the face of the planet ; such have wandered out of the 
 way of wisdom, in thought, and are in the congregation of 
 the dead, materiality, or dead effects : that is, they believe 
 that matter is life. The power to bless others comes not 
 from this realm or line of thought and reasoning. Therefore 
 those who would bless others must first bless themselves by 
 claiming and being that which is real and permanent, and 
 not subject to effects. 
 
 10. A copy of a painting is never as good as the origi- 
 nal, for the reason that the original is the image and likeness of 
 an eternal idea, resting within the painter, and it represents 
 that idea. The idea is imaged in mentality by thought ; so, 
 a copy of the painting only represents the symbol of an idea, 
 and is a copy or picture of a symbol ; a copy or picture of a 
 symbol is forever dead. As external forms are symbolic of 
 ideas, all beliefs based on the testimony of the senses are 
 based on symbols of an idea, and are mental copies or sym- 
 
l66 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 bols, and are, therefore, dead pictures. The original idea 
 is the only living picture. Therefore form your mental 
 images from the living idea, not from the dead symbol. A 
 full understanding of the above, which is illustrative of the 
 science of expression, enables us to set our house in order, 
 to have a place for everything, and everything in its place 
 that is, to place the true worth on Being, and to see expres- 
 sion or creation as forever subject to it. It is not well, even 
 then, to momentarily turn to the shadowy side, or taste the 
 forbidden fruit ; for if tempted by the serpent of sense to 
 make appearances the object of love, we are deceived by 
 giving them a place in thought instead of Being, and we 
 partake of forbidden fruit ; all who partake of it are cast out 
 of the garden, which is in Eden. 
 
LESSON XII 
 
 CONCLUSION. 
 
 They who live consciously IN TRUTH and LIFE, know 
 that f/iev are free. 
 
 They who understandinglv live in the ETERNAL, NO\\', 
 know that tliev are free. 
 
 Thev who lire in this PERFECT IDEA, understand the 
 perfect, and are free. 
 
 There is no realization but the freedom of UNCHANGING 
 TRUTH. 
 
 "Know the TRUTH, and the TRUTH shall make you 
 free:' 
 
 In the previous lessons of this course, we have given 
 the principles of the science of Universal or Omnipresent 
 Spirit, including methods by which to practice it ; i. e. , we 
 have reduced it to practice for you, for the purpose of bring- 
 ing your thought, reason and intellect, into a truthful recog- 
 nition and understanding of the relation of God to the souls 
 of things or to nature, also into a recognition of the true 
 relation that each soul and consciousness bears the one to 
 the other. 
 
 2. The teaching of Christ as all truth contained in 
 the New Testament, when freed from its mystic or allegoric 
 language, and spi ritually understood and applied is found 
 
l68 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 to be the truth or the science of Omnipresent Spirit, and the 
 methods of application are the same of the one as of the 
 other. Therefore, between Christ's teaching when truth- 
 fully understood, and the Science of Spirit, there is no 
 difference. The basis of one is the basis of the other, that 
 of unity with God. 
 
 The method of one, is the method of the other, that of 
 manifesting God in the flesh or that of bearing fruit of the 
 Spirit in earth. 
 
 The practice of the one, is the practice of the other, 
 that of fulfilling the royal law, Love, by loving at all times, 
 regardless of circumstance or material appearance. 
 
 So, inasmuch as we have instructed you in previous 
 lessons, that there is but one science, which is exact knowl- 
 edge of truth, and that truth is unchanging, and that un- 
 changeable truth is the exact way of truth and life, in the 
 above statements we would not convey to your thought that 
 the principles of the science of Spirit are confined to the 
 teaching of the New Testament ; or that they were not 
 expressed in other teachings or bibles previous to the ad- 
 vent of Jesus on earth. While his teaching is so univer- 
 sal that it may be said to embody the whole, yet the 
 whole truth is Omnipresent, and may be recognized and 
 expressed at the same time by every soul in the vast 
 universe. 
 
 3. In reply to the thought of multitudes of people, who 
 are earnestly enquiring as to where and what is truth, we 
 
CONCLUSION. 169 
 
 would say that there is no place where truth is not, and no 
 reality that is not truth. So, we have written, there is one 
 God, or Spirit, or Mind ; infinite, limitless, indivisible, im- 
 mutable ; all of presence, all of knowledge, and all of power, 
 and that there is one truth; one love, or law. Therefore it 
 is axiomatic, that there is not a truth in the vast Universe or 
 realm of Infinite Spirit, that the science of Spirit does not 
 include, and this is recognized by Spirit at all times, and by 
 each and every individual who willingly sets aside self and 
 all belief in separatness for universal Spirit. 
 
 4. Spirit is truth and knowledge. And furthermore, 
 all truth, unmanifest or manifest, unknown or known, belongs 
 to the science of Infinite Spirit. 
 
 Nor can we say that the inhabitants of other planets, 
 however advanced they may be in Divine Science, or 
 wisdom's way, have a single truth that is not ours, by virtue 
 of our inherency in the omnipresent God. Neither can it be 
 said that the truth perceived by different nations, nor that 
 the part of it recognized by any or all churches, nor any 
 truth contained in all isms, or that perceived by each indi- 
 vidual, does not belong to the science of Omnipresent Spirit, 
 the Infinite Whole. Therefore it is axiomatic, that through 
 our union with God or Goodness, which fills the vast uni- 
 verse, we are united to all science or truth unexpressed in the 
 invisible Spirit, or expressed in the visible Universe, lor God 
 or Goodness pervades each and all alike, and unites the one 
 to the other. 
 
170 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 There is no limit to the science of Infinite Spirit, and 
 the teacher of science recognizes none ; with this perception 
 we have instructed you in these words : That the science 
 of Spirit is that science which includes all sciences all truth ; 
 which treats of the exact relation of souls to God, or of the 
 exact relation of eternal ideas to Infinite Mind. Also that 
 the science of Spirit and its application in healing, consists 
 in a certain perception of absolute truth, which is a knowl- 
 edge of Infinite Spirit unmanifest, and of its attributes, and 
 of its law of expression, and of the way to manifest accord- 
 ing to the law, and image forth its attributes. 
 
 5. So, we have instructed you as to the power of 
 thought and its office, it being the means through which 
 creation takes place ; it is the formative principle ; then in 
 order to image forth the attributes of Spirit, we must base 
 our mental conclusions in the Spirit, and thus adjust our 
 thoughts to it, and square' our conduct thereby. That is, 
 the Spirit is the true basis from which to form correct mental 
 conclusions, as in mathematics we take the principle as the 
 basis for the mental solution of the problem ; so, thought 
 being the means by which the invisible Spirit or principle 
 becomes visible, and is that through which the silent spirit 
 is spoken and made apparent to the senses, it must be pure, 
 and be in the image and likeness of Spirit if it bears fruit 
 thereof. 
 
 We, being immortal, cannot make a truthful statement 
 of ourselves without basing that statement on absolute and 
 
CONCLUSION. 171 
 
 unchanging principle : i. e. , on the immortal ; and we thus 
 bring the true or immortal self to light, or symbol it forth, 
 by making truthful statements of ourselves and of others. 
 The study of these truths and the application of them, illum- 
 ines the thought and mentality with Infinite consciousness 
 with all that which is eternal, and to live in the eternal, now, 
 is freedom. A full comprehension of the law of expression 
 reveals the truth, that through thought the problem of life is 
 solved, and the visible universe is the example thereof, and 
 that our example, or body, and all of our expressions, are 
 what we make them ; that they are dependent on the mental 
 solution, and are subject to the mental : i. e., to the decision 
 that we make in thought. 
 
 6. Dear friends and students, we unhesitatingly say, 
 that a study of the Science of Spirit opens the portals to the 
 Spirit, and unites the consciousness with the source of truth 
 and life, and they who live in truth and life, live in freedom. 
 So they who understand the basic principle of this science, 
 are in possession of the key that unlocks the door to the 
 perfect tabernacle not made with hands, through which they 
 may enter into the holy of holies the realm of Divine 
 wisdom. And they who succeed in reasoning from the 
 basic principles, and in drawing all conclusions therefrom, 
 bear golden fruit of the Spirit of truth. They who live in 
 the perfect idea, understand the perfect, and are free. Let 
 not the lesson on faith ever pass from the consciousness, for 
 by faith and through faith are all accomplishments gained 
 
172 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 that are gained ; truly it is the substance and power which 
 makes all that is made ; by faith we think, and speak, and 
 act ; perfect work is due to the perfect expression of faith. 
 Through divorcing the faith from that which is made, and 
 uniting it to that which is unmade, do we come to realize 
 that there is no freedom but divine truth. This realization, 
 as we have instructed you, is to be accomplished through 
 the denial of the senses, and through the affirmation of 
 principle, by ceasing to worship the things of this world and 
 by worshipping the ever present, and placing the true value 
 on the all pervading One. 
 
 7. To assist you in this work of atonement, or regene- 
 ration, in lesson second we have given the divine attributes 
 as a guide to truth, and in lesson eight, have defined them so 
 that you may discipline the thought and adjust it to Spirit, 
 and thus bring forth harmonious expressions as a musician 
 disciplines his voice by adjusting it to the principle of music. 
 And as the voice will not bring forth harmonious sound 
 until it is adjusted to the principle, so thought will not bring 
 forth harmonious results until adjusted to Spirit, and thus 
 faith is given its perfect expression, and the universal love 
 of God or Goodness, through thought, flows out to all 
 alike. That is, "the love of God is shed abroad in our 
 hearts by the Holy Ghost, which is given unto us," which 
 means a consciousness of truth ; and thus do we realize the 
 truth that frees, which realization is freedom itself, for truth 
 embodied disembodies error. 
 
CONCLUSION. 173 
 
 8. They who are intuitively instructed, are instructed 
 by the absolute, and perceive first and final truth. They 
 recognize but One instructor, One source from which to 
 manifest all goodness. One source in which to perceive all 
 goodness, One source in which to acknowledge all that is : 
 /. t. , all wisdom, power and presence. So, intuition, the 
 eye of understanding, as we have told you, can alone recog- 
 nize or perceive first and final truth. Therefore you are 
 instructed to acknowledge the Kingdom of God, with all its 
 wealth, as being ever present, and thus do you come into 
 the possession of the promises that are made to those who 
 believe ; for they who are mindful of the country the 
 Kingdom of Spirit from which they came out, in thought 
 and memory, thus return and become conscious that they 
 are in heaven, and are no longer strangers and pilgrims. 
 
 9. So, you are to know that the viewless path of truth and 
 life is the way of Unity and infinite love ; and is to be 
 perceived only by unveiling the inner eye of understanding 
 to the Oneness of Being, or Spirit. And you need not be 
 deceived as to the voice of the Spirit, for it is to be under- 
 stood by the nature of its claims ; its silent voice never 
 misrepresents absolute principle its speech is harmony 
 divine. Again we have said, a right beginning is essential 
 to a correct ending ; and, that a right beginning must neces- 
 sarily be one that begins where all things begin, in Spirit or 
 God in divine intelligence and wisdom e. g., as a mathe- 
 matical example has its origin in principle. All truth is 
 
174 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 principle, and is life eternal ; truth differs not one time from 
 another. Therefore science, which is exact knowledge of 
 the unchangeable, and of the relation of things to their 
 source, cannot be understood but by basing all conclusions 
 upon that in which they have their origin : i. e. , it cannot 
 be understood but by perceiving all things in Infinite Spirit. 
 
 10. So we have instructed you, that the true method of 
 conveying knowledge is that of reasoning from the abstract 
 to the concrete, from the infinite to the finite, or from the 
 uncreate to the create, as from principle to problem and 
 example ; and that they who know this trinity or simple law 
 of expression, are in possession of the truth that lifts the 
 veil of all delusion, and that enables them to express from 
 the eternal and the unmanifest, the perfect realm of infinite 
 Being. Earnest application of the basic principles of science 
 brings conviction, which is realization. In the science of 
 Spirit, teaching, practice and proof go hand in hand ; for we 
 can realize the divine attributes only through experiencing 
 their presence in our own thoughts. Just as much of truth 
 and infinite love and power as we think, do we acknowledge 
 or make known. Therefore the awakened or "knowing 
 ones" acknowledge all that is. In so doing they live in 
 truth and life, the Infinite Father. So to them an evil 
 power is unthinkable, since truth knows not error, nor 
 goodness evil ; hence they resist not, and are God-like in 
 all their ways. So we have said unto you, that a belief in 
 two powers, one good and the other evil, one warring 
 
CONCLUSION. 175 
 
 against the other, and the belief that Spirit and matter are 
 two powers, the law of the one opposed to the law of the 
 other, and the belief that there is a higher self and a lower 
 self, each trying to overrule the other, are kingdoms divided 
 against themselves. The belief in division or separateness, 
 is the source of all selfishness, or feeling of distinction, 
 superiority, pride, ambition, grief, sorrow and desolation. 
 It is forever true that there is but one self, one Being. 
 Unity is truth. They who realize this are born again, or 
 from above ; they have ascended unto the holy mount. But 
 they who would seek to place self and creation outside of 
 God or apart from Him, thus making Him finite and not 
 omnipresent, have not raised their thought and mentality 
 above the belief in matter, or form, and separateness ; have 
 not risen from the dead into life eternal, for their thought 
 has traveled out of the way of understanding that of 
 unity, oneness, atonement. 
 
 1 1 . That which is called knowledge of the natural 
 sciences contains no real knowledge whatever, is not based 
 on absolute truth or principle ; therefore it is not absolute 
 knowledge, for we cannot have knowledge but of that which 
 is absolute. This seeming knowledge, called natural science, 
 refers to the relations that external objects bear to each 
 other; they are facts according to sense judgment, and 
 belong to sensuous sight or to the mortal, and are entirely 
 useless to the immortal. So when we gain a consciousness 
 of the eternal and absolute, and have entered that state of 
 
176 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 understanding where there is no delusion, where we see 
 truth face to face, we know that this seeming knowledge is 
 but seeming, and passes away with the mortal ; the things 
 of time belong not to eternity. It is the practical knowledge 
 of principle which enables us to solve the problem of life, and 
 demonstrate from the Omnipresent Spirit, by adjusting all 
 our ways to it. 
 
 12. We have shown that Being is the uncreate, the 
 eternal Spirit or Mind, which is the Infinite God or Good- 
 ness ; and that through thought it creates. The power to 
 think, therefore, is the power to image forth the silent attri- 
 butes of Being, and thus give form to the formless. Also 
 that the visible universe is the effect of thought, the spoken 
 word, or thought, made apparent to sense. We have shown 
 that faith is the substance of works, or it is the divine power 
 of Being, manifest. Also that prayer is effort or aspiration 
 to express or image forth the divine attributes from within ; 
 that everything in nature prays, and faith is the substance 
 which enables it to express its innate power. 
 
 Intuition is Truth perceiving Truth, Spirit perceiving 
 the things of the Spirit, or Mind perceiving its eternal ideas ; 
 this is cognition of first and final truth. That your thought 
 may not wander out of the way of wisdom or unity, we have 
 defined the divine attributes as a guide by which to disci- 
 pline your thought, and unite the consciousness to truth and 
 life, which is freedom. The attributes are love, truth, 
 wisdom, knowledge, power, presence, faith and harmony. 
 
CONCLUSION. 177 
 
 To think in harmony with these attributes, or to image them 
 in thought, is truth's practice; so the practitioner of divine 
 truth is a healer, in that he adjusts all to God. Therefore in 
 order to heal the sick, and cast out false beliefs by the power 
 of God, it is necessary that we be the perfect mind and idea 
 which we comprehend, and then express the perfect thought, 
 which is in the image and likeness of this Mind and idea. 
 It is necessary to know that we are the perfect faith which 
 we wish to manifest in all our ways, and be that faith, and 
 to know that the substance of faith is the power of Being, 
 and that our attributes are infinite. In this realization we 
 are in a condition to consciously fulfill the purpose of life 
 in creation. 
 
 13. When the mental constitution is adjusted to God, 
 and we have taken our position in the Infinite Source, our 
 position is a truthful one, and we see and express as we see 
 the Father expressing ; and deem it no robbery to claim 
 that we are the good and the perfect, which we recognize. 
 ' ' Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in 
 heaven is perfect. ' ' 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 
 
 Q. What are the first principles for students of Divine 
 Science to learn f 
 
 A. The student must first learn what Being is. Then, 
 what to think and to do, and what not to think and not to 
 do, so that the thought and deed may be in harmony with 
 the knowledge of being. The student must then learn to 
 discriminate between Spirit and nature, between God and 
 creation, between that which is eternal and that which is 
 temporal. When students have realized the above they 
 have laid the foundation for Divine Science. 
 
 Q. Why is it, that material remedies do not effect 
 permanent cures f 
 
 A. For the reason that they do not remove the cause, 
 which is ignorance, for they are not the source of under 
 standing. 
 
 Q. Why is it that truth cures f 
 
 A. A knowledge of Truth removes error and erro- 
 neous belief. It is the word of light and life, which never 
 changes, and is fullness of power. 
 
 Q. Is pain or disease cause or effect ? 
 
 A. An effect. When disease makes its appearance, 
 the sensing of it is effect. The disease, that we feel false 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 179 
 
 belief is mental. ALL SEEMING DISCORD is IN THOUGHT, 
 
 OR FALSE BELIEVING. 
 
 O. \Vhat is it that invests disease and inharmony 
 with scctning reality ? 
 
 A. It is beliefs that they are real. As long as we trust 
 belief and opinion, we trust that which is believed in. 
 
 Q. What is personality ? 
 
 A. Personality is another name for limitation. It is 
 the delusion, that which arises from taking the body for self, 
 creation for Being, and appearances and sensations to be 
 real. Personal opinions are selfish they are in the simili- 
 tude of appearance and sensation. They do not embrace 
 principle. The more contracted the beliefs of the person, 
 the closer will the person cling to form and temporal things. 
 
 Q. Where shall we commence the work of regenera- 
 tion / 
 
 A. Regeneration must begin where all creation begins ; 
 our work and workshop are both mental. When the senses 
 are enlightened by understanding, the production of Mind is 
 realized to be one with principle. To image principle in 
 thought, is harmony. 
 
 O. Why arc Spiritual adepts without personal 
 desire / 
 
 A. They are without desire because they know them- 
 selves. Desire is of the earth, earthy ; Spirit is fullness, 
 wholeness. 
 
 O. How ea)i you know tliat there is but one source of 
 life, or but One rower ' 
 
l8o SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 A. There can be but one ALL. And, One being the 
 number of unity, unity is forever the condition of One. 
 Hence that One must be God. That is, He being Infinite 
 is that all, or Unity. Then as He is All, He fills the uni- 
 verse ; and as He fills the universe, there is no room for 
 another life or power. And, if there were two self-existing 
 powers, God would be less than infinite in which case there 
 could never be harmony. 
 
 O. \VIiat is the cause of suffering, and the acts called 
 evil? 
 
 A. The cause is unconsciousness of the above truths, 
 and not knowing how to live in harmony with them. Un- 
 suspectingly taking things for what they are not is ignorance 
 (/. <?., not knowing). Evil is the want of the recognition of 
 the presence of Good or God. Suffering is a result of not 
 knowing eternal truth, the ever present harmony in which 
 we live. 
 
 Q. Upon zchat authority do you say that the kingdom 
 of heaven, nirvana, or the celestial sphere, is a permanent 
 condition, and not locality f 
 
 A. Locality belongs to temporal things, and they 
 belong to locality. Expression takes place in time and 
 place ; we think in time and place. But Being is self-exist- 
 ing, eternal ; that which is not born, nor subject to time or 
 place. So the kingdom of heaven, nirvana, or the celestial 
 sphere, cannot be confined to locality, but is always at hand, 
 awaiting recognition ; it is the permanent condition of the 
 
OTKSTIONS AND ANSWERS. l8l 
 
 Omnipresent Spirit. To know self, and find yourself within 
 God, and God within yourself, is to find heaven. 
 
 Q. Should ice treat for particular results ? 
 
 A. No. You should treat for understanding ; speak 
 the truth of Being with singleness of purpose, because it is 
 truth. If the motive be to produce a definite effect in the 
 body, then the motive is based in the letter and not in the 
 Spirit. When motive is thus limited, then the measure of 
 power is limited. Speak the truth and God will be manifest 
 in the patient. Let your intention be to bring the patient 
 into the understanding of Being. 
 
 Q. Hou* do you account for the recovery of my friend, 
 echo rcas ill over fifteen years? 
 
 A. God's word is truth ; and her recovery was due to 
 the fact that truth was spoken to and expressed by her. 
 Sometimes it is easier for patients to recover after they have 
 lost faith in all external remedies, and have lost attraction 
 for external things, than it is if they still have hope in and 
 desire for them. To God there is no incurable disease ; 
 they who believe, demonstrate. 
 
 Q. What did you call her disease? 
 
 A. I did not see disease, therefore I did not name 
 disease. When the false beliefs of patients about themselves 
 are erased and truth is made manifest, we find that they are 
 quite at ease, tranquil and happy. 
 
 Q. What is prejudice, and its remedy ? 
 
182 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 A. Prejudice is a self notion, an opinion or decision 
 formed before judgment, or without consulting divine law or 
 principle, therefore it is mental blindness. The remedy for 
 prejudice is understanding. If prejudice be allowed to hold 
 sway, all investigations are limited through the desire to 
 sustain a pre-conceived opinion. Such an one thinks more 
 of his belief than he does of the truth. When there is no 
 belief of prejudice there will be a full consciousness of truth. 
 When we admit the presence of all truth, we do away with 
 all prejudice. Let not thine inner and mental eye be blinded. 
 
 Q, Why are some more difficult to heal than others ? 
 
 A. The mental conditions of some persons are more 
 tenacious of error, and less susceptible to truth than those of 
 others. Such innocently believe that the mortal sympathy 
 that both they and their friends give to others is comfort. 
 They mistake sympathy for love and truth. Mortal sympa- 
 thy is the means by which they hold mental conditions of 
 disease. They fear to let go of their false beliefs of them- 
 selves, because they fear losing that sympathy which seems 
 to them so sweet and necessary to happiness. Fear is the 
 only bondage that is sensed. 
 
 Q. You teach us that God is in every place, at all times. 
 Then we are to conclude that perfect goodness is in everv place, 
 at all times. How can perfect goodness be where evil is '.' 
 
 A. God is ever present Goodness, life, love, truth, 
 mind ; the life and mind which creates all things, and they 
 have no other. Not for a single moment is he who is called 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 183 
 
 a sinner out of the presence of perfect Goodness. He who 
 perceives not this truth perceives not Spirit God. 
 
 Beliefs expressed in sinful acts are those which result 
 from the sense of separateness from God, and which acts at 
 the dictates of desire, and they have no realizing sense of the 
 presence of God ; but He shines in the darkness and the 
 darkness comprehended! it not. 
 
 To our sisters and brothers whom the world calls evil, 
 because of words spoken and deeds done, we would say 
 that you are living and moving in the presence of absolute 
 Goodness at all times. This eternal truth will cease to be 
 vague to you if you will turn to the silent good within and 
 around you, and acknowledge its presence, and make your 
 decisions in unison with it, wholly disregarding appearances. 
 The Spirit will teach you the word of reconciliation, and 
 how to make your thoughts and deeds its thoughts and 
 deeds. Goodness is unmanifest in thought until you think to 
 make truthful decisions. When your thoughts are of good, 
 good is manifest. Make the thought right, and your deeds 
 will be good. This way leadeth to the ever-present king* 
 dom, where all else will be added. 
 
 Q. If God is all, how did the appearance of error or 
 evil come into the world ? 
 
 A. One says it came through man's ignorance. We 
 will not be able to solve this problem for ourselves until we 
 realize that there is at all times but one method. So the way 
 error comes into the world at this time is precisely the way 
 
184 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 it came into the world in the beginning ; for in truth now is 
 the beginning, and now is the ending. Hut what is ignor- 
 ance? Ignorance is unsuspectingly taking things for what 
 they are not. And what are things that are taken for what 
 they are not? Tilings are forms ; that which is made to 
 appear or is made manifest. So ignorance is unsuspectingly 
 taking forms to be real, and believing them to be ourselves, 
 which is ignoring Infinite Spirit. And mentality becomes 
 fixed in what we face, recognize, and believe to be real. 
 
 O. IIoic did you say ilia I the mental becomes fixed in 
 the letter or form ? 
 
 A. The attention becomes fixed in the letter or form 
 because the will accepts effects or appearances as a basis 
 from which to reason ; hence, thought forms erroneous 
 conclusions. What we think about, that we are conscious 
 of. As we have believed the body to be real, we have 
 thought we were dependent upon it for happiness and 
 health, and that it has been the cause of pain or pleasure. 
 The truth is, the body is not a cause for anything, but is a 
 result of something. These beliefs are the cause of thought 
 being centered in the letter or form, which is the cause of 
 suffering. As thought produces form, mentality has looked 
 upon its own production and has believed it to be real, 
 instead of realizing itself as the producer. For this reason 
 is the mental action confined to the form or letter. This 
 is ignoring the Spirit or Divine Life for the letter, and 
 is idolatry ; all idolatry is ignorance, and is the cause for 
 all suffering. Ignorance or ignoring Infinite Spirit, is turning 
 
orESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 185 
 
 our face or thought from Spirit, or it is facing the wrong 
 \\ay. Hence the appearance of sin, sickness and suffering 
 has come into the world by facing the wrong way, going 
 to and fro in the earth. 
 
 Q. What is the way of return to knowledge and 
 power J 
 
 A. The way to knowledge, power, health, and all that 
 is divine, is to turn thought in the opposite direction. Thus 
 changing our thoughts, our beliefs change, and we find our 
 invisible self, which is the manifestor. All souls have their 
 origin and are inherent in God ; in thought they go out 
 from the Father, because the attention becomes fixed in 
 the works of thought. All will become free from sense 
 delusion, and demonstrate the problem of life for themselves, 
 and through knowledge and faith will in thought consciously 
 return home to the Father to find that the belief in separa- 
 tion was a delusion. 
 
 Q. Do the thoughts of others influence us or our ehil- 
 dren before they are old enough to think for themselves / 
 
 A. Thoughts do not influence us (Being), hence they 
 do not influence the real child. Thought is the cause of the 
 change of belief, of our children and ourselves, and 
 thus the body becomes affected either for health or disease. 
 In the bodies of our children our thoughts are expressed ; 
 the thoughts of the parents and friends may be externalized 
 in the bodies of children before they are old enough to think 
 for themselves. So you see how essential it is for us to 
 
1 86 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 know the truth, and hold ourselves and our children there- 
 in, in order to express harmony and health in the body. 
 
 Q. Is thought affected by things around us? 
 
 A. What we see does cause us to change our thoughts, 
 and we think according to our surroundings until we awaken 
 to truth. Not until we awaken to truth can we stand un- 
 changed in thought by our surroundings. When we know 
 what temporary appearances are, we attach no importance 
 to them. 
 
 Q. As we have a material nature, can ive ever live 
 entirely in Spirit f 
 
 A. It is an error to suppose that our nature is material. 
 That supposition has the same origin as has the belief that 
 we are form. We cannot live out of Spirit because it is 
 Infinite the All. To know this is to manifest understand- 
 ingly. The belief in a lower and higher Self, a physical and 
 Spiritual self, is error. Unity is truth ; we are one, and 
 not two. We are the Divine Soul, Atma, or Spirit To 
 represent being in thought and deed is to prove that we are 
 divine. 
 
 Q. Will every soul have to go through the experience 
 necessary to demonstrate to itself the nothingness of evil f 
 
 A. Yes ; each soul will demonstrate the problem of 
 life for itself, and prove the nothingness of evil ; or that the 
 non-recognition of good is not a power ; that to ignore God 
 or Goodness in thought and deed is not an expression of 
 truth. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 187 
 
 Q. Does that which applies to Jesus apply to us / 
 
 A. Yes ; certainly. He pointed the way in which all 
 
 may walk, and know the truth of their union with God. 
 
 We hold precisely the same relation to the Father as did 
 
 Jesus ; this is an unalterable truth, to which all will awaken 
 
 in time. 
 
 Q. ]\ r c can think as quickly of a far place as a near 
 one : can we see similarly? 
 
 A. Yes ; we can see as far as thought can reach. See- 
 ing is mental. Through faith you may see physical surround- 
 ings, but it is not a desirable attainment to work for ; for, 
 dear students, to do so would keep your consciousness 
 limited to form ; and your realization of life, of truth, and of 
 all that is permanent, would be thereby limited. 
 
 Q. Do we, in a future plane of existence, retain our 
 love for our own : i. e., the members of our family ? 
 
 A. Certainly ; for love is immortal. To love is to 
 fulfill the law. You cannot lose love, for it is of God, 
 His law. 
 
 Q. Is not that love which excludes all but our own 
 family circle, selfish ? 
 
 A. Much of that which is called love in families, and 
 among friends, is selfishness. You will lose all selfishness in 
 time, for selfishness is temporary appearance, and is doomed 
 to travel the broad road. The time will come to every one 
 of us when we will cease to have selfish desires, which attract 
 
1 88 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 and attach us to form and material effects ; and we will realize 
 the freedom of the love of Gocl in our hearts. Love is 
 Universal and knows no selfishness ; it is freedom, therefore 
 it cannot enslave. It does not become less than itself, 
 therefore it is never selfish. Selfishness is the opposite 
 of love. 
 
 Q. Then, may not all that we now call love, prove to 
 be selfishness and pass away? 
 
 A. Yes ; all that you call love that is selfishness, will 
 pass away, but all the love which you now possess, whether 
 you are expressing that love perfectly or not, you will retain 
 throughout eternity ; for such is of God. You cannot lose 
 the real and permanent ; it is the unreal and false that you 
 will lose. 
 
 Q. Why do we fear that we shall not see our loved 
 ones after they pass from this plane of existence f 
 
 A. That fear is the result of not knowing where and 
 what they are; not untill we have solved the problem of life, 
 and have learned what we are, can we know what our friends 
 are. When we find ourselves, we find the reality of all 
 soul ; and as time and place vanishes in the presence of 
 understanding, we know there is no separation ; that which 
 is called separation, is sense seeing, or sense decision, and 
 is mental delusion. 
 
 Q. After we pass beyond tins plane of existence, do 
 we continue to have forms like unto these forms ? 
 
ni'ESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 189 
 
 A. Yes ; until our consciousness is freed from form 
 through an understanding of truth, we have similar ones. 
 
 Q. Do ice always have form ? 
 
 A. Yes ; to think is to form ; therefore, as long as 
 there is thought, there will be form. We will always have 
 form, but we will never be that form. Form is effect, and 
 we are Cause, one with the Maker of effect. 
 
 Q. Do you think that every person can change his 
 thoughts ? 
 
 A. Yes ; we do not know any persons who do not 
 change their thoughts ; we are the thinker, therefore the 
 controller of thought. They who believe they cannot give 
 up a habit of thought, yield their thoughts servants to obey 
 that belief, which is false. 
 
 Q. If (rod is ci'cryii'hcrc* ichat is meant by be inglost f 
 A. To God, or Spirit, it has no meaning. The 
 awakened are conscious that they are not lost, and they 
 know that the unawakened are only lost in thought. Those 
 who believe themselves to be lost, are like one in the 
 wilderness trying to find a path which leads homeward. 
 They are like a woman looking for her spectacles, while they 
 are on her nose, and she is looking through them. By 
 their own erroneous beliefs, they are isolated in belief 
 from the kingdom of heaven within them ; and from God 
 in whom they live : and they mourn the loss of that which is 
 forever at hand. To believe that we are to be cast into 
 
IQO SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 outer darkness, and remain there forever, is outer darkness 
 itself; a condition than which there is none darker. To 
 indulge in such habits of thought, is to deny the good- 
 ness and love of God, and "his mercy which endureth 
 forever." Beliefs and thoughts of being lost, are due to 
 ignorance of where and what God and Christ (the Truth) 
 are, that heaven is within, and only waiting recognition to 
 be manifest, and that we live in the kingdom and presence 
 of God at all times, and in all places. 
 
 Q. Do not persons who believe that they are lost, feel 
 that there is something gone, that thcv must look for or seek? 
 
 A. Yes; such an one is looking for and seeking 
 (though blindly,) for that which is forever at hand. 
 Salvation is not a matter of being transported, at a certain 
 time, to a certain place or locality ; but it is consciousness 
 of, and the practice of truth. To know the truth, and serve 
 it, is to be saved from ignorance, selfishness, and false beliefs 
 of separateness, and continually live in the sight of God. 
 
 If we indulge the habit of thinking of ourselves as 
 isolated from God, or as separated from Goodness, we 
 cultivate selfishness thereby, which is the source of all our 
 troubles. If self or person becomes our chief consideration, 
 it generates fear ; and fear considers all that it sees, as 
 separate from, and an enemy to, self; and self and selfish 
 desire becomes its only friend and its God. 
 
 Q. Wliat is the remedy for trouble and selfishness ? 
 A. The remedy for littleness or limitation, is a knowl- 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 19 1 
 
 edge of God or Truth, a love for truth, and truth's practice ; 
 truth is universal, and knows no limitation or selfishness, 
 hence it alone frees. 
 
 O. How can we know ourseli 
 
 A. We may know ourselves by holding in thought 
 the truth of our Union with the Infinite. To know ourselves, 
 it is necessary that we know the Infinite ; and to prove that 
 we possess this knowledge, we must accept for ourselves the 
 yoke bond of Union or Oneness with the Creator. 
 
 Q. Is it possible to know Spirit or God, before we put 
 on the incorruptible'? 
 
 A. Only the incorruptible can know the incorruptible. 
 Spirit alone can perceive its own truth. It is not possible to 
 know Spirit or God, until we put on the incorruptible, and 
 in thought, word, and deed, clothe ourselves in truth, which 
 is eternal. 
 
 Q. \Vhcn ice treat ont\ do we treat all / 
 
 A. Spirit bears witness of itself when science treatment 
 is given ; truth applies alike to all, in the cure of disease or 
 in erasing the belief of inharmony. To think is to act in a 
 center, and thought is under the thinker's direction, and 
 goes where it is directed ; in this sense it is individual. 
 
 As many can be treated at one time as the thought can 
 be directed to ; all are not treated unless the thought be 
 directed to all. 
 
 O. I have been near sighted for fifteen years, and I 
 hai-c supposed I could not receive perfect sight at once, do 
 YOU think that I could / 
 
1 92 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 A. "Know the truth and it will make you free. If 
 ye have faith as a grain of mustard seed, nothing shall be 
 impossible unto you." 
 
 When we know the truth and have faith in it, we can 
 do the things that Jesus did. God knows not time, nor 
 limitation, and measures not his Spirit to his children, why 
 should we claim to know that which is unknown to him ? 
 You may manifest sight to-day as readily as to-morrow. 
 Now is the time to see ; believe it, not doubting, and you 
 will see. 
 
 Q. Do you treat children as you do adults / 
 
 A. Yes ; the same love and truth frees all. In healing 
 man, woman or child, perceive them and self to be what you 
 comprehend Spirit or divine Mind to be, and speak the truth 
 of Spirit or divine Mind, and the truth will correct all error 
 or suffering ; practice it. Faithfulness is substantial aid. 
 
 Q. Am I correct in saying, the Spirit is the entity, 
 and the soul its Mind or exponent ; also that the hco icords 
 are not synonymous / 
 
 A. Spirit is infinite Mind, and is the entity, the un- 
 create and eternal, and soul is the idea forever resting in the 
 Spirit or Mind. 
 
 Spirit and soul is the same as Mind and idea. Soul 
 and idea are eternal in Spirit or Mind. Mind perceives its 
 idea within itself, which is also itself, and simultaneous with 
 that perception is thought, and the idea or soul is by thought 
 expressed in perception and consciousness ; and thought 
 produces or brings forth all that is visible to the sen'^. 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 193 
 
 Spirit, or Mind, is the larger term, which includes 
 within itself idea or soul, and its expression. While the two 
 words, Spirit and soul, are as closely allied as Mind and 
 idea, they are not synonymous. 
 
 O. Was Jesus in earth life any nearer God than the 
 illumined exponent of spiritual philosophy of to-day ? Christ 
 said : "Greater things than these shall ye do in my name." 
 
 A. No ; for as God is all pervading, everywhere, and 
 the same at all times. He is as near to us as we are to our- 
 selves, for He is our life, and one cannot be nearer to him 
 than another. But without doubt Jesus had a deeper con - 
 viction and realization of the truth of his Union with God, 
 than any one of whom we have record ; but they who gain 
 the same realization and conviction will know what Christ 
 knew and what he meant by, "My Name," and will do the 
 works that he did ; there is nothing to prevent. God 
 measures not His Spirit to His children. 
 
 O. Do YOU imply therefrom, that an v one is incapable 
 of doing greater things in his oicn nau; 
 
 A. The teachings of Christ show that he claimed 
 nothing for personality, and that he of himself could do 
 nothing. That it was the Father or Parent Source working 
 in him and through him, and that he in being was one with 
 the Father. 
 
 He who knows where and what Being is, and works 
 with the Father or Parent Source, can do all things in his 
 own name, but his own name will be that of the Christ and 
 
194 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 the Father, for in truth there is no other there can be but 
 One All. Therefore, ' ' The Name ' ' represents or stands 
 for The One. 
 
 Q. Can 7ce derive any spiritual lesson ft om the cursing 
 of the Jig tree / 
 
 A. The spiritual lesson to be derived from the fig tree, 
 is contained in the first and second verses of the fifteenth 
 chapter of St. John. " I am the vine, and my Father is the 
 husbandman ; every branch in me which beareth not fruit 
 He taketh away." It symbolized the taking away of the 
 branch within himself which bore not fruit, showing the 
 disciples the true meaning of his words, that that which 
 bore not fruit was of no value to the husbandman, and that 
 which beareth not fruit of the Spirit, the Spirit counts as 
 naught. ' ' Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is 
 hewn down and cast into the fire." If thought abide in the 
 letter and not in Spirit, it is as a dead branch bearing not 
 fruit of Spirit. 
 
 Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them. It also 
 demonstrates that all visible things, or forms, are subject to 
 the power of thought and faith. 
 
 A subscriber asks : "Are there any true healers, who 
 do not suffer pain - 9 ' 1 If there are any who do suffer pain, 
 they suffer for the reason that they are not in a full realization 
 of the truth. A full realization of absolute truth, and living 
 that life, frees from all pain ; and to the extent that we have 
 that realization, and live that life, to that extent we are free 
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 195 
 
 from pain. The realization of absolute truth gives the 
 knowledge that we are superior to and maker and master of 
 sensation ; a partial realization of truth enables us to mind 
 not the things of the flesh, and that which would be 
 painful and sorrowful in another state of understanding is 
 not noticed. 
 
 Q. \\liy arc animals allozccd to suffer pain and 
 disc a 
 
 A. All suffering is delusion arising from the five 
 senses. To judge only by sense or feeling is not to under- 
 stand the things that we sense that is, it is false belief or 
 limitation ; therefore sense judgment, unillumined by truth, 
 means belief of limitation, which belief includes fear, doubt, 
 desire, selfishness and separateness. Delusion of sense 
 arises when thought judges and believes according to sense 
 or feeling. By many this is called an animal consciousness. 
 Therefore, the sensation or suffering of the animal is in 
 thought, for that which it thinks is its present degree of 
 manifest understanding. If it were above the sense plane, 
 in the spiritual, it would be above suffering. The animal 
 cognizes through the five senses ; by seeing, hearing, tasting, 
 smelling and feeling. It is sensible of the manifest world, 
 and sense fears to lose that of which it is alone sensible, and 
 also fears that its desire will not be gratified. Much could 
 be said concerning the fear caused by the manner in which 
 they are treated by human beings, so-called, but it is not 
 our purpose to do so at this time. Fear is itself suffering, 
 for it is mental inharmony. Material things are continually 
 
196 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 changing ; so mentality based therein, and limited thereto, 
 must necessarily suffer from fear, and doubt, and desire. 
 When the visible universe and sensation are all that the 
 thought recognizes, pain results therefrom through belief of 
 limitation and fear. The thought of fear is the dis-ease 
 which has its out-picturing in what is called disease ; the 
 conclusion that is united with first cause, by understand- 
 ing made known through adjusting every thought to its 
 source, is free from the beliefs of limitation, and freedom is 
 painless : reality is void of suffering. 
 
SHORT LESSONS AND MEDITATIONS. 
 
 WANT, LOVE, AND WORKS. 
 
 ' ' Be not conformed to this World; but be ye transformed 
 by the renewal of your mind ; that ye may prove what is 
 that good and acceptable, and perfect will of God." 
 Rom, xii :2. 
 
 There is an essential requirement, threefold in its nature, 
 to be fulfilled by every student of Divine Science if they real- 
 ize the absolute consciousness of the esoteric truth underly- 
 ing the expressions or creations of Infinite Spirit, and how 
 to work with the law of expression. Existence is the result 
 of understanding. We know and express the attributes of 
 Divine Mind by receiving and expressing them within our 
 own thoughts and mentality. Think divinely, and we are 
 at once conscious of feeling as we think j think loving 
 thoughts, and we feel loving. 
 
 To be permanently conscious of the presence of Divine 
 good, is to be unwavering in Divine thinking. To be able 
 to hold steadily to truth, with undivided faith in good, is to 
 be renewed in the Spirit of the mind, which transforms every 
 external expression, word, deed and feeling, into "that 
 good and acceptable and perfect will of God." Truth is 
 harmony, and when held in thought it is a messenger of 
 
198 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 peace, bringing glad tidings from the unmanifest Spirit 
 into form of word and outer expression. Truth is life, and 
 when spoken it is health and ease not dis-ease. 
 
 "He knoweth the way that I take." Job xx Hi: 10. 
 The first requirement on the way to a realization of eternal 
 life the permanent good is to want. The student must 
 want to hold the truth because it is truth ; want it sufficiently 
 to pfft away preconceived opinions and beliefs, and work to 
 attain it ; want the truth sufficiently to be energetic in refus- 
 ing error's claim, and in casting out intellectual rubbish that 
 does not harmonize with the great central and ' ' all-saving 
 truth," the basic principle of Divine Science. 
 
 Another requirement is Lore Love for all truth, be- 
 cause it is truth Love and regard for the Omnipresent, 
 silent and invisible God, the only source of life and power. 
 ' ' Except ye become as little children ye can in no wise 
 enter the kingdom of heaven. ' ' This means that unless we 
 consult " the Father," the One Principle of good underlying 
 all expression, and are governed by him in our thought, we 
 can in no wise express perfect harmony, which is true happi- 
 ness or heaven ; for heaven is a condition and is within each 
 one of us, and to think truth, is to realize that we are the 
 eternal, ever present. 
 
 The third requirement is that of Works. Not until the 
 student wants the truth, and loves it because it is truth, will 
 he perceive it with reference to himself, and to his relation 
 to the Infinite One. He will see with the eye of under- 
 
WANT, LOVE, AND WORKS. 199 
 
 standing when he dares to draw the line between the Creator 
 and the created the Manifestor and the manifestation 
 between himself as immortal and the mortal body and his 
 beliefs. When he dares to think of self as invisible, immortal , 
 and divine here and now ; that he in being is now what 
 he ever will be, and that his manifestations and mortal body 
 are only visible to him on the sense plane. Man can only 
 be spiritually perceived and understood ; and until he reverses 
 his decisions of himself he will not perceive himself and 
 understand his relations to Divine Being. The student 
 must dare to rise up and throw off all beliefs of limitation 
 and inharmony, instead of waiting for them to desert him : 
 he must banish from mentality the accustomed mode of 
 thought concerning self, and all beliefs that are opposed to 
 the spiritual and clear realizaton of himself as immortal. 
 Then identify himself with all manifest life, and know of his 
 union with the One eternal Spirit in which all live. Yes, 
 dare to think that by doing the Will of Spirit, and speaking 
 its Word, he can conquer selfish personality beliefs of 
 separateness and limitation. 
 
 The way to strengthen the will is to sacrifice the indi- 
 vidual will to the permanent good, by acting, under all 
 circumstances, in obedience to the law of good, and by 
 daring to realize Self as Immortal a divine reality now ; 
 and by facing and conquering life's seeming difficulties as 
 they come. Our expressions are ever changing and passing 
 away, and are therefore mortal. Hold fast to the invisible 
 
200 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 and immutable the Soul, or Life, behind this veil of shows ! 
 If the student of Divine Science wants to know the truth, 
 because it is truth, and if he love the truth for the same 
 reason, and live it as rapidly as he recognizes it, he is 
 taught of the Spirit or Christ within, and the Spirit will lead 
 him into all Truth. 
 
 THE LAW. 
 
 All systems of religious or divine teaching should point 
 the way by which individuals can perceive the truth for 
 themselves. Unless we see for ourselves and understand, 
 we have no conviction ; and without conviction we cannot 
 have perfect faith ; and without perfect faith our expressions 
 are weak and inharmonious. Even the teachings of the 
 world's great masters unimpeachable as they are and the 
 sacred and unalterable ti uths taught by a Christ or Buddha 
 can only instruct. We must take the steps upon the ladder 
 of progress for ourselves. 
 
 Teachers can point the way of Truth and Life in silent 
 thought and spoken word. Sometimes it is better for the 
 student to have the silent instruction of the words of Life as 
 given in healing in connection with the oral lesson ; especially 
 if it seems difficult to understand the science of Spirit, or in 
 thought to hold the true consciousness. 
 
 All must see and know the truth, and depend upon its 
 
THE LAW. 201 
 
 practice if they would have permanent health and harmony. 
 To state this in another way, all must come to know that 
 they are Divine and Permanent, and speak the unalterable 
 truth for themselves. We must look beyond the temporal 
 kingdom if we would find the Staff of Life that never fails 
 us ; we must seek the permanent kingdom if we would be 
 conscious of eternal life. ' ' Seek, and ye shall find. ' ' 
 Retain whatever of truth you perceive by practising it, and 
 it will act as a magnet consciously relating you mentally to 
 more and more of truth. Then, with energetic effort in 
 Truth's practice, and with aspirations attuned to harmony 
 by the truth, the Spirit will lead to all truth. The mentality 
 will expand to receive more and more of that which is 
 permanent. 
 
 If the individual be obedient to "the Law" Love 
 then perversity is overcome ; and the student will hold with 
 divine steadfastness to truth, and rapid will be his growth 
 into the consciousness of Spirit. He will be surprised how 
 quickly he will surmount life's seeming difficulties and pass 
 the border line of elemental thought, from the mortal to the 
 immortal, from belief to knowledge, from error and dis-ease 
 to truth and ease ; from a belief in death to that of life, and 
 from all illusion resulting from not knowing, into the light 
 of understanding. 
 
 That which is called the evolution or progression of the 
 soul is the process of demonstrating that God is within ; or 
 the process of individual effort to consciously realize that 
 
202 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 which is, and is permanent ; resulting- therefrom is un- 
 wavering and perfected faith, based upon the knowledge 
 that we are one with the Father, and that we are in and of 
 the kingdom, the power, and the glory. For when our 
 thoughts and expressions are reconciled or adjusted to the 
 good, the person or face of man is at one with Universal 
 Harmony. 
 
 THE EVER NEW. 
 
 The impersonal path is the path of unity. And the 
 way of unity leadeth to a knowledge of "The One" which 
 lives beyond "The Gates of Gold." Unity is the way 
 which leadeth into the presence of the Ever Present. 
 
 All who travel this way will find their life, and what 
 true being is. 
 
 Now is the eternal. 
 
 Now is life. 
 
 Now is truth. 
 
 Now is love. 
 
 Now is the time to know that being is what it ever 
 will be. 
 
 Now is the time to turn to the Spirit, and awaken and 
 acknowledge the ever-present goodness. 
 
 Death, is going away from " The One" The way of 
 death is the way of the past. 
 
THE EVER NEW. 203 
 
 It is death to righteousness to hold the past in memory. 
 
 Regrets of the past are crystalization. 
 
 Temporal things fade away, places change and are 
 no more ; time passes and leaves us naught but the present. 
 All that we have been or ever will be we are now. All that 
 is, is now. Dear friends, we have all now, for we are in the 
 presence of the all, and that presence is all. 
 
 The old is passing away ; let it pass, bearing with it all 
 memory of error. ' ' Let the dead bury its dead. ' ' 
 
 Let every belief that temporary things are real go 
 with it. 
 
 Assign them to the dead past and live in the presence 
 of the One that is ever present. 
 
 ' ' Lift up your eyes and look on the fields, for they are 
 white already to harvest/' 
 
 Welcome the ever new and beautiful gospel, renewed 
 by the spirit of truth. 
 
 Welcome the presence of the all good by recognizing it. 
 
 Welcome the Spirit by speaking its word with love, 
 and you will gather fruit that is eternal. 
 
 The prevailing thought at the close of an old year, 
 that there is much to be done ere it passes and the new 
 year comes to greet us, is what should be held in conscious- 
 ness throughout the entire year ; we should act act in the 
 living present, recognizing God within and God o'erhead, 
 and each hour will find us further on the way to a full reali- 
 zation of the ever-present kingdom, power and glory, in 
 
204 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 which we live and have our being. The ever-present is the 
 time to be happy and to be true to Being;. The habit of 
 holding gloomy and despondent thought can be broken 
 and given up by thinking, " I forgot my real self; this is my 
 time to be happy and satisfied." The present is the eter- 
 nal ; we cannot draw the line in time, the future is ever 
 merging into the present, and the present into the past. 
 We should resolve to recognize the presence of peace and 
 harmony ere the present merges into the past, and the future 
 finds our thought unfruitful ; ere the present passes, bearing 
 no record of truth spoken, or good manifest, and the future 
 finds us unillumined with the light of truth and understanding. 
 Our prayer for all is, that you awaken to the truth and know 
 that you are free ; so that the way to knowledge of the all 
 good will be recognized by you. May the Spirit reveal to 
 you higher possibilities than you have yet conceived ! May 
 truth clothe you with its white robe, ornamented with the 
 gold of wisdom ! May your thoughts and hearts be illu- 
 mined and warmed by divine truth and love, and may your 
 actions rest upon Divine Justice ! May the Dove of Peace 
 rest upon you now and forever ! 
 
 DIVINE LOVE AND UNITY. 
 
 ' 'The hour cometh and now is, when the true worshipper 
 shall worship the Father in Spirit and in truth." As the 
 Spirit of God is One and is Truth if we worship in Spirit 
 
DIVINE LOVE AND UNITY 205 
 
 and in Truth, it is necessary that we fulfill the law of Unity, 
 "cchic/i is Love. The command of the Spirit of Unity is, 
 ' ' Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. ' ' This com- 
 mand can only be understandingly fulfilled by perceiving 
 One Spirit in all ; and then by thinking and feeling toward 
 all just as we think of and feel for ourselves. The time 
 cometh, and now is, for humanity to see beyond the visible 
 Universe this veil of shows and pass out of appearances 
 and beyond seeming differentiations of matter into the Spirit 
 of Unity, which is in all places forever and ever, and thus 
 free mentality of deception and delusion. As there is now 
 a general awakening to the consciousness of unity, it is the 
 time for earnest recognition and practice of divine truth 
 according to principle. 
 
 As we realize that the law of love is written in the fleshy 
 tablets of our hearts, and that it is working tKerein, so do 
 we endeavor to keep the Spirit of Unity in the bonds of 
 peace in our dealings one with another. To see with under- 
 standing is to see that unity is, for understanding sees that 
 unity which forever is, even where diversity appears. There 
 is but one Infinite Spirit, but there are myriads of images or 
 creations within The One, living and moving in it. 
 
 So the apparent diversity in creation is the result of 
 unity ; therefore we find that all Cause is unity, and all 
 effect the result of unity. There are myriads of thoughts 
 formed in every individual ; but with this diversity of thought 
 there is but one being. ' ' There is one body and one spirit, 
 even as ye are called in the hope of your calling." As 
 
206 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 there can be but one Infinite Spirit, there can be in fact or 
 truth but one Principle to demonstrate, hence one body and 
 one calling. By the light of unity we perceive that the pur- 
 pose of the one Spirit is the purpose of all ; the high calling 
 of one belongs to all. But to keep the Spirit of unity in 
 the bonds of peace, it is necessary to perceive that we are 
 called by the Spirit, in the faith of one calling ; and that 
 every individual is working out his or her own salvation 
 according to the Spirit of Unity or divine truth. As the one 
 Spirit is all, all are called to seek and know their own 
 source. 
 
 In the external appearance of this plane of manifestation 
 there seems to be a great diversity in our callings, but this 
 diversity is only seeming. Humanity, like a hive of bees, 
 is working to accomplish one common purpose. Bees go 
 out from their hives in various directions, seeking the variety 
 of flowers, for the one purpose of gathering honey. When 
 seen at work away from the hive, intent upon their purpose, 
 they seem to have different callings ; but when they return 
 to the hive it is seen there is but one purpose. So it is with 
 humanity; every individual has his or her origin in Spirit,, 
 and, like the bees, each goes out from the Father to do 
 mental and visible work. But when busy about our daily 
 work for the one purpose of demonstrating innate possi- 
 bilities we look upon each other as separate and apart from 
 the Father ; the seeming is, that we have different callings 
 and destiny. 
 
DIVINE LOVE AND UNITY. 2OJ 
 
 This judgment is according to sense and is erroneous ; 
 for when we return home to the Father withdraw mentality 
 from our work it is seen there is one purpose, one calling, 
 which is that of gaining individual experience and knowledge 
 of God. Then it is that we see all humanity as belonging 
 to God, and as in the hands of Omnipotent Goodness. 
 Then it is that personal desire and will about humanity 
 ceases, for we are willing to trust Omnipresent Goodness. 
 When the individual holds humanity in Truth, administer- 
 ing to all as if only to one, he begins to know what is meant 
 by worshipping in Spirit and in Truth ; he has entered into 
 the true communion. 
 
 Necessity is the child of unity, and unity is the father 
 of necessity. We intend to show you that unity is in all 
 seeming diversity of business life. The healer is essential to 
 the patient, and the patient to the healer, that God may be 
 made manifest ; and this is the unity of necessity. The 
 artist supplies a need to the student and lover of art. The 
 need of every individual is at one with the want of the 
 dentist or with his profession ; and he supplies a want in 
 every person. The merchant, tailor, and dressmaker's 
 calling are at one with the universal demand for bodily 
 covering or clothing ; and a universal demand for clothing 
 is at one with their business. The business of the architect, 
 contractor and builder, is in unison with the race-belief that 
 houses are a necessity ; and property owners and tenants 
 are at unison with their business. The music and songs so 
 
208 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 perfectly rendered in this age of illumination, to which all 
 listen, and enjoy with unity of interest, is the melodious 
 expression of the unity of spirit, or, we may say, it is the 
 art of combining sound in a manner to symbol the harmony 
 of the spheres, which is the spirit pervading all. Music 
 meets with and calls forth harmony in and from every soul. 
 The baker and fruit- merchant are necessary to the house- 
 keeper ; and the housekeeper is in harmony with their 
 calling. The restaurant-keeper supplies a universal necessity, 
 a necessity often felt by every individual. All can testify 
 to unity in the demand for physical food. And yet, par- 
 taking of physical food is but a symbol of truth. Truth is 
 the food of which, if ye eat, ye shall not hunger. 
 
 BLESSEDNESS. 
 
 "Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after 
 righteousness, for they shall be filled." 
 
 "Be ye perfect, even as your Father in Heaven is 
 perfect. ' ' 
 
 Blessed are they which do partake of the Righteous- 
 ness of the One ever present. 
 
 Filled are they who drink of the water from the foun- 
 tain ever present. 
 
 Righteous is it to perceive and live the perfection of 
 the ever-present One, 
 
BLESSEDNESS. 2Og 
 
 Filled are they who partake of the perfection of the 
 ever-present One. 
 
 Perfect was the consciousness which perceived the idea 
 of being perfect. 
 
 Perfect is the understanding which perceives that the 
 Father's perfection is possible. 
 
 To purity all is pure. 
 
 To goodness all is good. 
 
 God comprehends Himself as Infinite: The Whole. 
 
 Perfect and complete from eternity is God, and we 
 through holding truthful thought, express more and more 
 of His perfection and completeness ; perfect and complete 
 from eternity is the /</;;/ of every one, and through the 
 cycles of eternity we shall realize more and more of the / 
 am, and of self in expression. 
 
 JUDGE NOT. 
 
 ' ' Judge not that ye be not judged : for with what judg- 
 ment ye judge, ye shall be judged." Matt, rii : 7, 2. 
 " For wherein thou judgest another, thou condemnest thy- 
 self; for thou that judgest doest the same things." 
 
 It is our thought and motive which is manifest, when 
 we judge or condemn another, and that thought and motive 
 is our condemnation. That which we do is our own, be- 
 gotten of our thought, motive, and belief. If \ve have aught 
 against another, attention should be first given to the mote 
 
210 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 that is in our own eye ; not until \ve forgive are we forgiven : 
 the act of forgiving is forgiveness : in condemning another 
 we are condemned. 
 
 ''Speak not evil one of another, brethren. He that 
 speaketh evil of his brother, andjudgeth his brother, speak- 
 eth evil of the law. and judgeth the law ; but if thou judge 
 the law thou art not a doer of the law." "The judgment 
 of God is according to truth. When we speak the truth 
 we do well. To be a doer of the law and not a judge, is to 
 think of others and of self, as one with all good, which we 
 are in being. To be a judge of the law or of another, and 
 not a doer, is to think of others, and of self as one with 
 appearance or expression, which is temporary mortal. 
 
 WITNESS OF TRUTH. 
 
 "To this end was I born, and for this came I into the 
 world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. Every 
 one that is of the truth heareth my voice." 
 
 What is truth? The question is being asked daily 
 and hourly by earnest seekers, and was asked by Pilate, 
 more than eighteen hundred years ago. Christ, who came 
 to bear witness of the truth, bore witness of it by demon- 
 stration in word and deed. 
 
 They who work in concert with the Law of Being, fulfill 
 the law and purpose of creation, and demonstrate the same 
 truth as did Jesus. 
 
WITNESS OF TRUTH. 211 
 
 To bear witness of the truth is to heal the sick. 
 
 To cast out devils (erroneous thought, selfish desire, 
 and erase false belief), is evidence of the presence of truth. 
 To open the eyes of the mentally blind to understanding, is 
 evidence of the possession of truth. The evidence of the 
 realization and freedom of Truth is the raising of the dead, 
 and awakening from unconsciousness (the letter) to con- 
 sciousness, the spirit of Truth. 
 
 To be raised from the dead is to understandingly 
 enter into eternal life, permanent health, and infinite har- 
 mony. 
 
 " Know the truth, and the truth shall make you tree." 
 free from what ? Free from beliefs of inharmony, of feelings 
 of selfishness (or separateness, ) free from mental darkness 
 and unconsciousness of the real and permanent, and from 
 the effects of false believing, which are erroneously called 
 sorrow, sin, sickness and death. 
 
 The evidence that the truth was manifest in Jesus, was, 
 that in his presence, through his teaching and works, they 
 who were in mental darkness from ignoring the presence of 
 Spirit for the letter were illumined, and caused to perceive 
 the truth which was manifest in him. ' ' That the people who 
 sat in darkness saw great light ; and to them which sat in 
 the region and shadow of death light is sprung up. 
 
 Where truth is manifest, there are no appearances 
 called error. \Yhere light is perceived, there is no darkn 
 A perception of truth is knowledge ; hence, Jesus was an 
 
212 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 illuminator or light of the world. " Ye are the light of the 
 world. ' ' 
 
 Jesus bore witness of the truth, by declaring his oneness 
 with God, the Father of all, and he did the works of the 
 Father, by obeying His silent voice. It is thus that the 
 goodness and power of Spirit is ever demonstrated. The 
 principle of goodness and harmony is Truth; it is formless, 
 invisible and silent ; by truthful thought it is formed, made 
 visible, and spoken, or manifest. 
 
 God being the Principle of all good, necessity requires 
 that thought be in the image and likeness of God, or Prin- 
 ciple, if He or It be manifest in us. The way of truth is 
 one it is straight and narrow ; in it there are no differences. 
 It being that which knows not limitation, it is free, and for 
 this reason it frees ; hence, is the comforter. Truth reveals 
 the truth to us, that all are in the Father, and that the 
 Father is in all, and it guides to consciousness of life eternal. 
 
 Are we not, dear friends, manifestating in this world of 
 effect, for the same purpose as did Jesus ? Are we not in 
 the world to bear witness of the truth? Should we not 
 clothe ourselves in purity with the same purpose and intent 
 as did he? "For by being clothed in purity, and being 
 unsullied and enlightened, binds the sinless soul to happiness 
 and truth." Jesus bore witness of the truth that life, peace 
 and reality are only to be found in God, Goodness. That 
 God or Goodness is Infinite, and "To Know Thee, the only 
 true God," is life eternal. 
 
WITNESS OF TRUTH. 213 
 
 As we cannot serve two masters, are \ve not to choose 
 which we shall serve, cause or effect? Not until we decide 
 as did our Great Teacher to serve the Spirit, or First 
 Cause, and nothing but the Spirit, or First Cause, can we 
 manifest power over external things, and control thought 
 and deed ; nor do we consciously surrender mentality to the 
 Living Spirit or Goodness, in and by which we live. To 
 bear witness of and to serve the Spirit, is to work in unison 
 with Spirit and thus fulfill the law and purpose of creation. 
 
 In interpreting the plan of Salvation, the simple truth 
 as taught by Jesus has been obscured, and Salvation made 
 to appear difficult to attain, for the reason that the ever 
 present God, and Kingdom of Heaven, have been rejected, 
 by placing God and Heaven in the distance to be gained in 
 the future. Thus the truth of the at-one-ment of the soul 
 with God is unperceived, and Heaven unenjoyed. 
 
 There is a straight and narrow way which leadeth out 
 of darkness into light, out of all seeming difficulty into a 
 realization of the Kingdom of God and his righteousness. 
 God knoweth the way thereof, and his silent voice is heard 
 to say : recognition, acknowledgement and faith, they are 
 the way. They who come to know the real must believe 
 that it is, and that the Spirit sought is a rewarder of those 
 who diligently seek it. Through a constant recognition of 
 that which is real and permanent, Peace, like a dove, settles 
 upon us and baptises with the inner consciousness (Holy 
 Ghost) ; and the heaven within opens to us, and we enter 
 
2 1 4 sriKXri-: AND HEALING. 
 
 and rind that it is not a locality nor a place to be gained at 
 the dissolution of the body, but is a condition to be enjoyed 
 when re-cognized and made ours by right expression. 
 
 Why does truth free or heal? 
 
 Truth frees or heals for the reason that truth is freedom. 
 To know that which is free, and to live it, is freedom. 
 
 Knowledge and being are one ; to know the real and 
 Eternal is to know self. The truth is all that is free, and 
 false is the belief that any are bound, for a belief in bondage 
 is false of the real, or truth. To turn from falsehood to truth 
 is the way to freedom. Healing by the power of truth or 
 God is healing by the Christ method ; hence, the practitioner 
 of truth is a disciple of Christ. Truth or Christ, knowledge 
 or life, are one, and One is Unity, fullness ; never is it other- 
 wise. To have knowledge of Being, is to know that we are 
 that which is above limitation and external environment, or 
 effect. Or to have knowledge of what we are is to free the 
 intellect of beliefs of limitation. This is freedom. 
 
 11 He that believeth shall do the things that I do, for 
 I go to my Father. ' ' They who understand the teachings 
 of Christ, and believe in him, understand truth and believe 
 in omnipresent Spirit (for they are one) ; such an one should 
 bear witness of and demonstrate the truth as did Christ. 
 Not until falsehood is erased, and misinterpretation ceases, 
 will doubt and fear be dispelled fear of losing the material 
 body nor will we know the truth when it is manifest in the 
 flesh. The powers that be, and the Spirit which is, are mani- 
 
WITNESS OK TRUTH. 215 
 
 test through truthful interpretation. Truth manifest in the 
 flesh is an understanding of the Oneness of life, or of the 
 Unity of the whole. To know that the One living presence, or 
 Holy One, works through us to will and to do, and to under- 
 stand how to work in unison with The One, is freedom, 
 power and glory. 
 
 It is the One Spirit, or I am, in different individuals 
 which perceives at one time in different parts of the universe 
 the principle underlying mathematical demonstration. It is 
 the One Spirit of truth in different individuals which perceives 
 its own truth at all times, in different parts of the universe. 
 In truth there is no difference ; whenever and wherever 
 perceived it is one. Think of truth as infinite and as indi- 
 visible, then will faith in the power of truthful thought be 
 perfect; so will you know that God's thought cannot be 
 hindered, and that its demonstration or witness will remove 
 mountains of difficulties, for it is harmony. Truth perceived 
 is faith based aright ; in the presence of knowledge, 
 ignorance ends. The substance of faith dispels doubt. 
 Where there is understanding, misunderstanding is not. 
 
 WALK IN THE LIGHT. 
 
 Attachment for mortal things ; ambition for worldly 
 fame ; desire for what is called worldly comfort, blinds to 
 the true interest and inward happiness. They are the clouds 
 which darken the way that leads to a realization of life 
 eternal and union with all Good. 
 
2l6 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 Feed not upon husks, for the forms of the world are 
 but symbols of the real, which is substance and truth. 
 ' ' There is therefore, now no condemnation to them which 
 are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh but after 
 the Spirit." 
 
 All goodness that is recognized, is enjoyed ; that which 
 is, and is unrecognized, is unenjoyed. Postpone not the 
 time for re-cognizing the Kingdom of Heaven, which is 
 always at hand. They who recognize and enter there, rest 
 in faith and certainty. 
 
 'AND WITH WHAT MEASURE YE METE, IT SHALL BE 
 METED TO You AGAIN." 
 
 What man thinketh in his heart is his belief. Fixed 
 beliefs are imaged in mentality and made manifest by 
 thought ; and resultant from beliefs and habits of thought, 
 are word, deed, and sensation. Therefore, with what 
 measure we mete, the same is meted to us again, or 
 is manifest by us, for our measure is our belief, or our 
 present state of thought. If our thought measures the idea 
 of wholeness and perfection for others and for self it 
 measures that idea from the Infinite Spirit, and thus whole- 
 ness and perfection is measured to us, for the same is our 
 measure. But if our belief and thought measures limitation 
 and imperfection for others and for self, then limitation and 
 imperfection is measured to us, for the same is our measure. 
 
WITH WHAT MEASURE. 21 J 
 
 Therefore, in proportion^ we recognize and affirm Truth, 
 to that degree do we manifest it, and measure forth the 
 possibilities of the invisible I am. 
 
 2. For not until our ideas measure wholeness, have we 
 cast out the beam from our own eye, nor is it single to Truth 
 which is life ; nor do we clearly see to pluck the mote from 
 our brother's eye. As we must ever see through our own 
 eyes, that is, according to conclusions that we draw, there- 
 fore, as long as the beam of error, or belief in imperfection 
 remains, we see in part with the eye of error or belief in 
 imperfection, as through a glass darkly, for the belief in 
 imperfection amnot perceive or realize perfection. " Blessed 
 are the pure in heart, for they shall see God." Purity 
 perceives and acknowledges its own. It being omnipresent, 
 recognizes the truth that it is omnipresent, and sees Itself in 
 all, with the eye of purity or perfect understanding. The 
 beam of doubt, which is hesitation, leads not to understand- 
 ing ; it is not a cause for, neither is it a guide to perfect 
 perception of the unity and wholeness of Being. Therefore 
 it must be erased from, or cast out of the mental vision, 
 before thought can receive and produce a true image of the 
 perfect idea of God, the Father. The beam of judging 
 according to sense, which is made apparent in beliefs of 
 uncharitableness, criticism, and fault finding, must be cast 
 out of the mental sphere before we can see face to face the 
 absolute truth of the omnipotence of the ever-present Good. 
 For as long as we have belief in imperfection, we have belief 
 
2l8 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 that there is something that is the opposite of God, for God 
 is Infinite perfection, and through that belief we see im- 
 perfectly, for our judgment is not of Truth, nor is our 
 measure that of wholeness ; it is through such believing that 
 error and imperfection is seen in others. By allowing 
 appearances to become a cause for judgment, we yield 
 thought to obey appearances, and through criticism thought 
 confirms and confines mentality to error. 
 
 3. The acknowledgment of the whole truth that God, 
 or Goodness, is infinite: i. e., All in All, and that there can 
 be but one Infinite or one All, is the one thing needful to 
 lead from earth to heaven, from error to truth. To some 
 the thought may arise, this is a road too short to be good, 
 a truth too simple to be true. Nevertheless, when this 
 acknowledgment is made, or this step taken, and we find 
 the kingdom, and the truth is realized that we are in God, 
 or Goodness, and that God, or Goodness, is in us, and that 
 the two are one in Being, the greatest truth has come ; and 
 ' ' when that which is perfect is come, that which is in part 
 shall be done away." When this truth is perceived, we 
 must lay off the garb of sensuous judgment with all carnal 
 thought, and make the eye single to the all-inclusive truth 
 of the Unity of Being : that is, reconcile and conform our 
 expressions to it, if we would gain a full realization of the 
 wealth and power of the kingdom in which we live, and 
 clothe ourselves iii the incorruptible garb of immortality, 
 and wear the pearl of greatest price, which is perfect illu- 
 
WITH WHAT MEASURE. 2IQ 
 
 initiation. Not until a perfect understanding reveals the 
 Unity of Being, will the expression in earth, the body, be 
 that of the fullness of power. 
 
 4. They who would hasten toward Goodness or God, 
 must cease false interpretation and perceive the true worth 
 and position of Spirit : that is, worship in Spirit and Truth, 
 or in single, / 'err id faith, by holding all in Spirit, and by 
 thinking and speaking truth fully of Spirit, as the truth was 
 spoken by Jesus. And if mentality be illumined by truthful 
 thought, the realizations are light and life manifest or made 
 apparent. If the intellect be not darkened by false belief 
 and erroneous thought, the ever-present truth will illumine 
 it with understanding, and take from it the dead branches 
 which bear not fruit of the Spirit. When we rise above 
 delusion, to us there is no delusion, and as we have plucked 
 the beam from our own eye, we are therefore able to remove 
 false belief from others ; that is, we are able to and clearly see 
 to take the mote from our brother's eye. 
 
 5. " Be ye perfect, even as your Father in heaven is 
 perfect," is a commandment that may be fullnlled by a 
 perfect perception of truth. If we would realize the mean- 
 ing of this perception, it is essential to understand that we 
 cannot have or gain knowledge of imperfection, for knowl- 
 edge is a clear and certain perception of truth, and truth 
 is perfection. 
 
 6. The principle of mathematics, or the idea which 
 underlies all mental problems, is not revealed or made mani- 
 
220 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 fest in error of calculation, but the principle of truth is 
 revealed and made manifest by correct calculation or state- 
 ment of the principle or idea. In no way is it possible for 
 us to demonstrate knowledge of principle through a mis- 
 statement or false representation of principle. The mistake 
 or error made in the problem is false calculation, and has 
 no true relation to the principle or idea, for it does not 
 represent or symbol it ; hence nothing is manifested unless 
 principle is truthfully stated. 
 
 The Infinite Spirit which underlies all manifestation, is 
 not revealed or made manifest in false interpretation, but it 
 is revealed and made manifest by correct and truthful 
 interpretation of itself. In no way is it possible for us to 
 demonstrate knowledge of the Father through misrepre- 
 sentation of Him. 
 
 Statements void of principle are in no way related to 
 Spirit ; they do not express or symbol forth anything that 
 truly is, for when the Infinite is not manifest or apparent, 
 nothing is manifest or apparent ; but in every truthful state- 
 ment of truth, the Infinite is manifest or apparent. 
 
MEDITATIONS. 
 
 What is Justice? 
 
 The Uncreate, Unmanifest Being, is Justice, and this 
 Justice is manifest in all creation. Prior to manifestation, 
 Justice is, and is the attribute of being just, right and im- 
 partial, the attribute which measures wholeness and gives to 
 all according to their works. It weighs in the balance our 
 inmost thought and the expression of thought ; and if found 
 wanting in the Spirit of Goodness, or, if not in the image 
 and likeness of the attributes of Infinite Spirit, they are cast 
 into the fire (spirit) and consumed. The imperfect is of 
 short duration appearance only. 
 
 Justice renders to every one his or her due, and to 
 every expression according to measure, or the thought and 
 motive producing it. The method of Infinite Spirit is now 
 operating in creation, and is exact justice ; therefore, the 
 science of the expression of Infinite Being is exact justice. 
 The science of mathematics is exact justice. Divine Truth 
 expressed, is exact justice. Just and right is The One 
 The All. 
 
 Conformity to truth in thought, word and deed, is 
 Justice manifest. Thoughts of love are just and righteous ; 
 they are the fulfilling of the law. "To refuse Justice and 
 bestow love, is an affectation of mercy and reality of insult. ' ' 
 
222 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 A manifestation under the name of love, without justice, is 
 pretence false. Love, the Royal law of Being, is admin- 
 istered with exact justice. It recognizes neither friend nor 
 foe all are one to it. The manifestation of Justice has no 
 attachment ; it is passionless, unaffected by emotion or sen- 
 sation. It is that which finally brings all to re-cognize first 
 and final truth, which is harmony. It acts not that it may 
 receive affection, gain nor hate. The just act free from 
 self desire ; they are humble, yet steadfast and unwavering 
 in truth and right. Content to be just, without seeming, 
 content to do right and practice truth without fame, for the 
 love of right or truth. The practice of Divine and un- 
 changing truth, is justice to God and man. 
 
 HARMONY. 
 
 Harmony is the divine and orderly method of the 
 Infinite in creation. The endless variety of created things 
 in the Universe is the harmonious expression of the Infinite 
 ONE. Knowledge reveals harmony. Ignorance veils 
 harmony to the intellect. Truth is harmony ; and never 
 varies or changes. The truth is always truth its foundation 
 is knowledge and wisdom. Error or falsehood is seeming 
 inharmony, and is ever changing ; its foundation is ignorance 
 and folly. The perception of the true relation of nature to 
 God, is the perception of harmony. In truth there is no 
 inharmony. The method of the Creator, now operating in 
 creation, which is contained within himself, i:s perfect har- 
 mony, and the Perfect knows no imperfection. 
 
HARMONY. 223 
 
 "Good citizens live in harmony." They who are 
 thoroughly conscious of the presence of Goodness, do not 
 give place to seeming inharmony. Good is in harmony 
 with all goodness. A goodly act or deed is in harmony 
 with good or truthful thought ; good or truthful thought is in 
 harmony with the goodness of the thinker, or Being. If 
 thought be in the image and likeness of Being, the act will 
 be in harmony with the thought and with the thinker. This 
 is the method of proving the harmony of Being in creation. 
 Harmony is wisdom's way of expressing truth. It is the 
 perfect adaptation of a part to the whole, or of expression to 
 the expressor. It is infinite order, and there is no other. 
 
 "There is none good but ONE/' 
 
 One is the number of Unity ; and Unity is the order of 
 and is as permanent as THE ONE. There is but One all, 
 hence all good is that One ; therefore there is none good but 
 One. Infinite Being means that which is, was, and ever will 
 be. It is interior and anterior to the finite, which is the 
 expression of the Infinite. Being and the good are one : 
 therefore, to be is to be good, that which is, and is uncreate 
 and unmanifest. A knowledge of what being is, furnishes 
 a basis that prepares us for just and harmonious thought 
 and action ; without this knowledge individuals are at 
 a loss to know how to control thought and action 
 hence "they are like a wave tossed to and fro by every 
 wind of doctrine." Not until we become stable and 
 unwavering in our thought and action is it possible to under- 
 
224 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 stand and work with the orderly and harmonious method 
 with which the law of Being works. When thought is 
 adjusted to and is representative of Being, the edenic order 
 is maintained in consciousness ; then all expression is dressed 
 and kept in order, for if thought be adjusted to God, the 
 effect therefro*m is harmonious and pleasant : this is recon- 
 ciliation regeneration or atonement. Thus the individual 
 will becomes a manifestation of universal faith, and love 
 expands to include all. God, or Goodness, made everythino- 
 that was made, and pronounced it good. It is race belief a 
 personal opinion a false and perverse method of interpreta- 
 tion, which presumes to claim and clothe self with the 
 corruptible, the opposite of God, or Good. When false 
 interpretation ceases, we shall see as Spirit sees, that all is 
 good. All of anything is one, and there can be but one All, 
 which is goodness ; therefore, there is none good but one. 
 
 ' ' Thy faith hath saved thee. ' ' 
 
 If by faith one was saved and made whole, by faith all 
 are saved and made whole. All are alike under one divine 
 law, and all error is subject to that law, for truth is that law. 
 As all are saved by faith, from what are they saved? Not 
 from truth, for truth is the law and is itself salvation. Is it 
 not clear that we are to be saved from error, which is false 
 interpretation, erroneous belief and action, or from taking 
 things for what they are not? Is it not clear that Spirit 
 perception, truthful interpretation, and right action can alone 
 erase, save and set free? 
 
"THY FAITH HATH SAVED THEE." 225 
 
 How is Spirit perception gained ? They who would 
 witness within themselves the perception of Spirit, should lay 
 aside blinding prejudice, and accept truth when and wher- 
 ever expressed. If you do not willingly accept truth when- 
 ever and wherever expressed, you do not accept the mani- 
 fest Christ. Acceptation of truth is faith based aright, and 
 is life, substance and harmony. By accepting the present 
 truth perceived, and demonstrating it in word and deed, 
 we make it our own, or in thought we accept that which 
 we are in being, and thus the way is opened to all truth. 
 They who would climb the ladder of progress, which leads 
 from earth to Heaven, or which guides from the letter to 
 Spirit, from error to truth, must climb it step by step ; thus 
 it is necessary that they accept truth perceived, and stand 
 firm therein and adjust the thought and act to it, before they 
 can ascend to the next round or advance a step. Through 
 spirit perception, and thought made perfect, all is adjusted 
 to the source of Divine Being. This is the faith which 
 saves. They who fulfill the law are in love with truth ; and 
 when all are loved, all is forgiven ; but to whom little is 
 forgiven, the same loveth little. 
 
 FREEDOM. 
 
 Freedom is the state of being free. It is that which is 
 exempt from control, and which is unlimited and unenvironed. 
 
226 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 That which is free, is not under the law of being, but is the 
 law. Can it be said that the visible universe or any visible 
 thing therein contained, is exempt from control? or, is not 
 subject to its source? Verily, that which is made is subject 
 to its maker. 
 
 Manifestation angl appearance of every kind, be it the 
 physical form, or that of health or disease, joy or sorrow, 
 truth or falsehood, love or hate, knowledge or ignorance, is 
 subject to' the manifestor, which is not apparent. That 
 which is uncreate and which creates, is unlimited freedom. 
 All Being is uncreate, hence to be is to be free, and not to be 
 subject to the created ; therefore, "whoso looketh into the 
 perfect law of liberty and continueth therein, he being 
 not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of the work, this man shall 
 be blessed in his deed. ' ' They who forget not what Being 
 is, and w r hat they are, will come to realize the freedom of 
 Being. Forgetting is losing consciousness of the immortal 
 self, the real, and is the cause of all belief in limitations. To 
 know ourselves is to know that we are free, one with the 
 unlimited and boundless. Dear friends, they who try to 
 realize these truths seek in the right direction for true free- 
 dom, and they who thus seek, find. 
 
 14 Hl.KSSKI) ARE THEY WHICH DO HUNGER AND THIRST 
 AFTER RIGHTEOUSNESS." 
 
 It is written that they which do hunger and thirst alter 
 righteousness are blessed, for they shall be filled. 
 
WHO ARE BLESSED. 22J 
 
 Righteousness is a state of thought and consciousness, 
 which is in unity with, or conformity to. Divine love, the 
 law of God. To hunger and thirst after righteousness is a 
 desire to work with the law, and to realize oneness with God, 
 the whole Spirit of Goodness. If they who have that desire 
 also have sincere belief and faith, they have the necessary 
 receptivity and substance for success, and are seeking to 
 know and to fulfill the whole law of God, or Goodness. 
 When seeking that which is, which is the Infinite, we enter 
 the straight way that leadeth to exact knowledge perfect 
 faith or power. To be receptive to Omnipresent Goodness, 
 is to quench the thirst at the fountain of Life. So to hunger 
 and thirst after righteousness is a blessed condition, because 
 it is the condition which precedes its attainment. 
 
 It is blessed to seek and blissful to find. We cannot 
 expect to find unless we seek. So, "to do truth is to 
 practice God's command." His truth reveals the adjust- 
 ment of all to himself; His word is Goodness manifest, or 
 made apparent. 
 
 HOPE. 
 
 Hope is where the affections are. That which we are 
 attracted to we hope to attain, and hope causes the necessary 
 tftort for its attainment ; in other words, if we have a desire 
 
228 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 or aspiration and make an effort to attain it, it is hope that 
 prompts us to make that effort. If it were not for hope, 
 effort or seeking would cease. Faith is the silent and 
 absolute power or substance of hope, effort, or seeking. 
 St. Paul said, "we are saved by hope : but hope that is 
 seen is not hope ; -for what a man seeth, why doth he yet 
 hope for ; but if we hope for that we see not, then do we 
 with patience wait for it." So when we work diligently 
 and patiently, as if already possessing what we hope for, 
 faith is manifest which brings the condition desired. If our 
 hope be in God, or Goodness, we hope for that which is, and 
 is for us. If it be not in God, or Goodness, it is based in 
 negation or denial of Him ; verily both bring their reward. 
 What we sow the same do we reap. 
 
 FAITH, OR DIVINE WILL. 
 
 Faith v or Divine Will, is the substance or power of 
 Infinite Spirit or Mind, and is prior to thought, and is that 
 which prompts mind to act or think, and which causes us to 
 express thought in word and deed ; so it is the substance of 
 thought, word, and deed, and of things hoped for. It makes 
 manifest and proves the unseen. 
 
 Through faith worlds are framed, and forms are crea- 
 ted; without it, is not anything made that is made. As 
 there is but one parent source or uncreate cause, there can 
 
FAITH, OR DIVINE WILL. 22Q 
 
 be but one method of creation or manifestation. The 
 method of the Parent Source is manifest in the son of man : 
 they who understand this, consciously work with the Father, 
 and do His will ; then the Father' s will and perfect faith is 
 manifest. Faith is the power which enables us to success- 
 fully perform our every day duties ; by it we think, speak, 
 act, and move our bodies from place to place ; by faith we 
 accomplish all that is accomplished. It is faith in our ability 
 to succeed that causes success in all our undertakings of life. 
 All our works are done in faith ; beside it there is no power. 
 Consider the lilies how they grow, they toil not, neither do 
 they spin, faith grows the flower ; it is fullness of power or 
 substance, and is manifest in all things ; it knows not fear or 
 anxiety ; the more we live in the fullness of power, the more 
 powerful we are in manifestation. They who have watched 
 a little child making its first effort to walk, have witnessed 
 the increase of power, as it expressed faith with each 
 successive step, with the result that in a few days it walked 
 about the house with perfect faith in its ability to do so. 
 And this simple, child-like faith, which wavers not in effort, 
 is the power which removes mountains, and enables us to 
 rise to the pinnacle of the temple and to mountain tops in 
 consciousness and understanding, above temptation and the 
 limited view of sense, into eternal freedom and power, 
 Without this high perception and faith, it is impossible to 
 realize the parent source and do what we see the Father 
 doing. Inexhaustible is the fountain of faith, therefore 
 exercise it daily and hourly. 
 
230 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 How SHOULD DESIRE BE OVERCOME ? 
 
 To desire, is to long for the enjoyment or possession of 
 something, to feel the want of, to mourn the loss of. So, 
 desires result from a sense of limitation, which is attention 
 fixed in and limited to manifestation. They who do not 
 know themselves desire much, and great are their beliefs in 
 sorrow and affliction. 
 
 In the universe there is the unmanifest, and the mani- 
 fest. The unmanifest is one and inseparable, perfect and 
 complete, from eternity to eternity ; and in the manifest 
 there seems to be many this seeming is limitation. So 
 when the attention is based in manifestation, it is focused 
 to the limited, and thus come the delusions which arise 
 from sense and beliefs in separateness, which prevents us 
 from realizing that the whole Parent Source is the life of all. 
 Desire is caused by not having true knowledge, and can 
 only be overcome by gaining it. True knowledge consists 
 in perceiving one inseparable, omnipresent Spirit, manifest 
 in all that lives, or in creation one Creator. Desire should 
 be overcome by making what we find to do accord with the 
 Spirit of Truth, and by unremitting effort to realize that we 
 are the unmanifest and one with the all, which possesses all 
 things. When we realize what we are, desire is overcome ; 
 we do not hunger and thirst after righteousness when we are 
 filled. With this consciousness, deeds are not performed 
 
OVERCOMING DESIRE. 231 
 
 with the hope of reward, nor with anxiety as to results. 
 Truth is the food which feeds the hungry Soul. Partake of 
 it freely, and desire and anxiety will be done away, and all 
 things made new. 
 
 COME UNTO ME." 
 
 The purpose of silent meditation should be, to realize 
 what Being is, and what its possibilities are. 
 
 If the attributes be expressed in thought, the will of 
 Spirit done, and the motive based aright, resultant there- 
 from are visible expressions of Being, which is harmony 
 manifested ; this is the way to illumination of understanding. 
 
 Meditation on any subject should be for the purpose of 
 realizing the principle underlying the subject, of which 
 words can only be symbolic or representative. Not until 
 we arrive at an understanding of the meaning of Being can 
 we know that creation or expression is symbolic and repre- 
 sentative, for we cannot be certain as to what visible things 
 are, until we find the Cause which produces them. There- 
 fore, not until we find Being, and perceive from the plane of 
 Being, is it possible for us to distinguish between Being and 
 existence: /. c. , between ourselves and our expressions; 
 therefore, all endeavour should be for the purpose of getting 
 understanding of the reality underlying the subject on which 
 we meditate or think. 
 
232 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 ' ' Come unto Me, " is an invitation by the speaker to 
 move hitherward, to draw near to that which is first. ' ' If 
 we draw nigh unto God, He will draw nigh unto us." Me, 
 means Reality, the invisible Speaker, or the "I Am." 
 Therefore the meaning of this subject is, that all are asked 
 to come unto Spirit and learn of It, and find rest from labor, 
 or from the burdens which arise from a denial or negation 
 of the Me. 
 
 Though Spirit be omnipresent, the only way to accept 
 the invitation, and "come unto Me," Spirit, is to act with 
 undivided faith, and right motive ; and they who come in 
 this way will find rest in the realization of Oneness with 
 the Omnipresent. 
 
 Jesus spoke not of himself as the body, nor did he act 
 as if His expressions were himself, and in this he has revealed 
 the way to us, and they who think and act truthfully, will 
 think and act as did he, and with the same intent ; not 
 because the personal Jesus thus spake and acted, but 
 because he, the Spirit, revealed the true way of life, by 
 which every one may manifest the same truth and come 
 unto me. The invitation to "Come unto Me," would be 
 meaningless, if it meant no more than that one material 
 form should appear in the presence of another material form. 
 
 We may as justly and truthfully expect that because 
 the furniture of a room is associated together while in that 
 room, or that because a row of houses are resting on a 
 certain block of land, that they can give life and power to 
 
"COME UNTO ME." 233 
 
 each other, as to expect that physical contact, or that the 
 association of physical forms, can give life, peace, or rest. 
 They who labour, and are heavy laden, do so because they 
 do not come unto "Me," Spirit, and recognize and claim 
 to be life, peace, and rest ; such are seeking in effects, 
 expecting to realize life, peace, and rest therefrom ; such 
 expectation is negation, and never is it otherwise. We 
 cannot manifest the gifts of Spirit, unless we go to the Spirit 
 for them. We do not find them in expression, for the 
 reason that expression has them not. Spirit is "theicav, 
 the truth, and the life;" then to find the Me, the Invisible 
 Speaker, is to find God, and in Him eternal truth, life, 
 and rest. 
 
 The yoke of Truth is easy ; union with God Good- 
 ness makes all burdens light. The Spirit of truth, which 
 is wholeness, gives all, yet it labors not, neither is it heavy 
 laden. Therefore, to "Come unto Me," is to get under- 
 standing and awaken to truth ; and every one who comes, 
 finds. And they who live in a full consciousness of Being, 
 can give to others rest, by imparting to them the truth that 
 brings them into the same consciousness ; therefore the awa- 
 kened can point the way, because they know that they are 
 the way of wisdom, and all who follow in that way no 
 longer labor, or are heavy laden. But they who continue 
 in the error of believing their manifestations to be them- 
 selves, or that that which is made is real, and that visible 
 things are a cause for happiness, are trying to make visible 
 things serve as the cause for what the invisible Spirit alone 
 
234 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 can give. And not until they cease to partake of this for- 
 bidden fruit and place the true worth on Spirit, and see 
 existence by the light of truth, can such know self, or 
 ''Come unto Me." Not until we cease believing- the mani- 
 fest and unreal to be ourselves, and believe ourselves to be 
 the Unmanifest and real, can we know and reveal the 
 wealth and power of Being. Neither have we "worshipped 
 in Spirit and in Truth" until we have placed the true worth 
 and value on Spirit, by acknowledging in all our ways, the 
 Me which is prior to expression. 
 
 WHAT is MESMERISM ? 
 
 A definition common to all, is, that ' ' mesmerism is a 
 supposed influence or emanation by means of which one 
 person can act upon another, producing w r onderful effects 
 upon the body and controlling his action and thought." 
 "Or the art of inducing an extraordinary, or abnormal 
 state of the nervous system, in which the actor claims to 
 control the action, and communes directly with the mind 
 of the recipient. ' ' 
 
 If we would know by what means one individual seems 
 to control the action of another, we must first learn the 
 cause of action, and the means by which we control our 
 own action. 
 
 The science of expression teaches that thought precedes 
 
WHAT IS MESMERISM? 235 
 
 all visible action, and that Being precedes all interior motive 
 or action of thought ; hence it is true that the mental 
 constitution, which is born of Being, is the means through 
 which this visible plane is made, and is the action thereof; 
 for thought, will, and motive is our action, the controller of 
 the body ; therefore it is the thought, will, and motive that 
 seems to control the action of the mesmeric subject. 
 
 The subject enters what is called the mesmeric state, 
 by yielding the thought and will to that of the operator, 
 and the control is due to the fact, that the subject changes 
 his own thought and will to harmonize with the operator's. 
 
 Individual thought and will cannot be used to control 
 the thought and will of one whose consciousness is uni- 
 versal, nor can such an one become a mesmeric subject. 
 To think and act as the operator dictates, is to yield the 
 thoughts to obey or work in unison with his. It is there- 
 fore the subject's own thought and will, acting in concert 
 with, or according to the operator's, that produces that 
 which is called the mesmeric state or condition ; both con- 
 ditions are temporary and mortal. 
 
 They who live in a full consciousness of Being, or truth, 
 are exempt from the influence and control of individual 
 thought and will, for when the absolute is come to the 
 individual consciousness, it has come for the reason that the 
 thought and will have become that of the universal, or 
 of Being. 
 
 And when that which is absolute is perceived, that 
 which is in part rules not. 
 
236 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 "JESUS WEPT." 
 
 As it is a truth that men to whom the word of God 
 came clothed the truth in language descriptive of things 
 natural, so the words of our text are purely symbolic. 
 
 ' ' He groaned in his spirit, and was troubled. " l ' Jesus 
 wept. ' ' S/. Jolm .\'i : 33-33. 
 
 To groan, means to strive after earnestly, as with 
 groans. Thus, to groan in Spirit, is symbolic of effort made 
 to concentrate in thought, and express the power of .Spirit. 
 "And he troubled himself," symbolizes the fact that he 
 exerted himself to raise Lazarus, and thus do his Father's 
 work. Christ raising Lazarus from the dead, symbolizes 
 the purpose for which he came into the world : i. e. , to raise 
 from the dead the mental conditions of the race, into a living 
 realization and consciousness of Truth and Life Eternal. 
 
 The Spirit of God, which is eternal, is fullness, stillness, 
 and goodness ; and is brought forth or manifested by the 
 power of faith, and the interior action of thought. There- 
 fore, groaning in Spirit, or weeping (in Scriptural language), 
 is symbolic of effort made for the bringing forth into mani- 
 festation the power of Spirit ; it is symbolic of preparation 
 for the birth of great power, which precedes the joy that 
 comes to all who are raised from the dead, that is, from form 
 into consciousness ; also of the joy that is for those who are 
 privileged to be witnesses to the raising up, or they who see 
 
"JESUS AVEPT." 237 
 
 truth lace to face in the expression of the power of Spirit. 
 In no way could Jesus have wept, according to the unillu- 
 mined definition generally given to the word, and to the text 
 of the disciple. The fourteenth and fifteenth verses of the 
 same chapter read as follows : ' ' Then said Jesus unto them 
 plainly, Lazarus is dead." 
 
 And I am glad for your sakes that I was not there, to 
 the intent ye may believe ; nevertheless, let us go unto him." 
 
 Again Jesus saith unto Martha, "Thy brother shall 
 rise again." He also said, "I am the resurrection and the 
 life," which means, I am that which rises again, and am the 
 life which causes to rise. ' ' He that believeth in me, though 
 he were dead, yet shall he live." " I am the Truth and the 
 Life." They who believe in Christ, believe that Truth and 
 Life is the maker of everything that is made. They who 
 thus believe, though they were dead to the consciousness and 
 understanding of truth, yet shall they rise up and live, or 
 return to truth and live in understanding. 
 
 For that which we believe in, we are conscious of, and 
 to believe in the power of truth and life, is to awaken, and 
 be conscious of Truth and Life, and the awakened know 
 that they have eternal life with God. 
 
 SEEK AND YE SHALL FIND." 
 
 To seek is to go in search or quest of, to endeavor 
 
238 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 to find. It would be as useless to search for something that 
 we believed did not exist, or that we knew was not for us, 
 as it would be to seek God without believing that what we 
 seek is, and is for us. 
 
 So, if our seeking be in faith, we will believe that what 
 we seek for is, and is for us ; then we have a definite idea of 
 where and what it is we wish to attain and manifest. 
 
 And as God, the giver of all, is omnipresent, if we seek 
 in truth we must recognize that what we wish to manifest is 
 at hand, and in this thought we realize that we possess 
 what we seek. 
 
 " Seek and ye shall find;" this promise is fulfilled in 
 every one that truly seeks. To find is to gain a knowledge 
 and to have a realization of Infinite Spirit. And this knowl- 
 edge, or realization, is only to be gained by true seeking: 
 that is, through the acknowledgment of the presence of the 
 ever present Wisdom Spirit working in us, and by adjusting 
 and conforming our will and way to it. 
 
 For if we would act from the Spirit, we must not be 
 unconscious of its presence and of what it is, but must be 
 able to acknowledge It unmanifest, and recognize It mani- 
 fest in all our ways. "Canst thou by seeking find out 
 God?" True seeking will bring to us a full consciousness 
 of God, for we ever realize what we recognize, believe in, 
 and conform our thoughts and words to. 
 
 Therefore, acknowledgment is the way of conformity 
 to the Spirit, and is reconciliation, regeneration, and 
 atonement. 
 
rXDKKSTANDIXG AND ITS REALIZATION. 239 
 
 UNDERSTANDING AND ITS REALIZATION. 
 
 Understanding is knowledge or discernment of truth. 
 The word comes from the latin verb, "sto," to stand, and 
 ' ' under, ' ' meaning under, below, after. Understanding is 
 therefore an attribute of the Reality or Spirit which under- 
 lies and supports all existence ; is a perception or conscious- 
 ness of the Supreme Deity it is absolute and unchangeable. 
 So, to realize that we have understanding is to know that we 
 are one with the Eternal. 
 
 The word realization is derived from the root, "real," 
 and the suffix, "ize," to become, and "ion," the act of. 
 Hence the act of becoming conscious that we are the real, is 
 the process of turning from error to truth, from nature to 
 Spirit, or from the example to the Principle ; and thus 
 realization is gained that we are the real that understands 
 the absolute truth, and that we cannot understand that which 
 we are not ; therefore we are truth. 
 
 Realization is the Truth of Spirit understood or made 
 manifest ; so to know that we are the Spirit of truth, which 
 knowledge we realize in manifesting it, is divine understand- 
 ing. Nothing but Spirit can understand the truth of Spirit 
 which is its own for truth manifest is the only begotten 
 of God. 
 
 The creature cannot understand the creator, but the 
 
240 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 creator which pervades the creature, understands itself and 
 the creature. The creature is a symbol or example of an 
 idea in the creator. Power is not given to the example in 
 mathematics to understand and demonstrate the principle, 
 but the power is in the principle to understand and demon- 
 strate itself. The question will arise, if the finite be that 
 which is manifest by the Infinite, and it cannot under- 
 stand the Infinite or the absolute truth, how are we, as 
 separate individuals, to understand the Infinite or the abso- 
 lute truth ? As it is not given to the belief of separateness, 
 to understand unity and wholeness, so it is impossible for 
 one to realize and know the Spirit, until they cease to 
 look through the false belief of separateness that would 
 say, I am separate from God, and from all that is made. 
 Not until we acknowledge in thought the same relationship 
 with God, as did Christ, that ' ' I and my Father are one ' ' 
 and hold steadfastly to this truth, sustaining this relation- 
 ship by truthful word and deed is the eye and ear of 
 understanding- opened, or are our manifestations universal. 
 In other words not until the individual knows that he is 
 immersed in the Universal Spirit, is thought entirely freed 
 from the belief that we are the creature, or example. To 
 be free from this belief, is to know that we do understand 
 the universal Spirit ; that we are that which we understand, 
 and that which is manifest, is the manifestation of Spirit, or 
 the I Am. 
 
 We may have faith to know that if we practice the 
 truth of God, we will come to realize that we have the 
 
UNDERSTANDING AND ITS REALIZATION. 241 
 
 understanding that Christ had. Be the law of love, and 
 manifest it, and you will know God, for God is love ; be 
 one with Infinite truth and manifest it, and you will 
 realize that you understand God, for God is truth. If we 
 acknowledge that God is Infinite Being, Spirit, or Mind, 
 and that there is no finite being, spirit or mind, then we 
 know that there is but one Mind to perceive its truth ; as 
 that Mind is Infinite and is perfect, it admits of no error or 
 imperfection. Then we are that Being or Mind, or else we 
 are an existing creature without Spirit, Being, or Mind, 
 hence without truth, reality, or immortality. Therefore it 
 is an eternal truth, that no one knoweth the things of God ; 
 < >r naught but the Spirit of Goodness can realize or manifest 
 the Spirit of Goodness. 
 
 Like comprehends like ; to realize the above state- 
 ments, is the understanding of Spirit or Mind realized ; and 
 upon this rock we may build a structure of truth against 
 which the gates of negation or false belief cannot prevail. 
 Understanding and its realization means the Infinite or 
 divine idea manifest. The absolute understanding of the 
 Infinite is realized in the expression of every truth. 
 
 GREAT RELIGIOUS TEACHERS. 
 
 The great teachers of religion, are the men and women 
 who in their daily lives have demonstrated divine love and 
 truth according to the Spirit of Truth, thus proving their 
 
242 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 faith by their works. Religion is, defined to mean, to 
 collect anew, to bind back ; properly interpreted, it means 
 bound back, relationship, or unity with God, or Goodness. 
 This carries with it the meaning that that which is bound 
 back must have been bound before. As individuality has 
 its origin in God, to be bound back is in thought to return 
 or be returned to God. It is the individual thought that 
 wanders out into the wilderness of material effects, which is 
 virtually an effort to put the example where principle should 
 be. It is therefore deceived by the senses, not knowing 
 the unreality of effects ; this is unconsciousness of truth. 
 Therefore it is the individual thought that returns to God 
 and binds mentality anew to the universal. This is to be 
 accomplished by a divine and orderly method of thinking, 
 by adjusting all conclusions to God, as all problems in 
 mathematics are adjusted to the principle; and thus it 
 consciously returns to God, knowing that every decision is 
 based in Goodness. And so we come to realize that we arc 
 the I am, and were never lost ; that from eternity we were 
 in the bosom of the Universal, the Father. And though 
 thought be veiled by sense, yet the I am is never veiled 
 from the presence of the eternal Father. Religion is 
 subjective, and designates our unity with Good in word, 
 feeling, and deed. It also designates the oneness of will, 
 thought, love and motive, with God or Goodness. A great 
 religious teacher is one who teaches humanity that it can 
 be as perfect as its Father in Heaven is perfect, one who 
 teaches the way by which it can recognize the same 
 
GREAT RELIGIOUS TEACHERS. .'45 
 
 Mind within itself that was in Christ Jesus. For it is writ- 
 ten, "Let this Mind be in you which was also in Christ 
 Jesus ; who being in the form of God thought it not robbery 
 to be equal with God." A great teacher of religion is one 
 who reveals the unity of the way of Truth and Life ; he is 
 one who teaches that God is Infinite Spirit, and reveals the 
 way by which we can worship in Spirit and in Truth, and 
 how to be like Him in all our ways, prefacing all our ways 
 with truthful thought. The greatest of all in the kingdom 
 of heaven, or in divine realization, is one who without omis- 
 sion thinketh Truth, and speaketh it in word and deed. 
 One who without omission manifests the love of God for 
 neighbor as for self, and whose worship consists in the 
 practice of Truth. 
 
 TAKE MY YOKE UPON You. 
 
 A yoke is a bond of connection ; a chain or link which 
 connects or unites. The yoke or bond of union of which 
 Christ spake, was his consciousness of the truth of his union 
 with God, or absolute Goodness. Hence he said, take this 
 yoke upon you, which means this oneness or atonement, 
 and you will realize what I realize, and rind rest unto your 
 souls. The consciousness that understood the truth of the 
 unity of Being, and perceived the idea of being perfect as 
 Spirit, or Goodness, is perfect, is one that realized that it 
 understood the idea of Spirit, or Goodness. 
 
244 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 As personality and false belief cannot comprehend the 
 impersonal truth and life, so, form cannot understand the 
 impersonal. None but the meek and lowly who are willing 
 to love all alike, who have turned from pride, ambition and 
 worldly desire, can come to realize the full meaning of the 
 divine and impersonal idea of God. The consciousness that 
 ' ' I and my Father are one, ' ' is the yoke that connects our 
 expressions to all Goodness, to all truth, to all life. There- 
 fore, if we take the yoke of truth and life, the Christ, upon us, 
 it will make all seeming burdens easy and light ; it will 
 give peace and rest to the weary. We, as he, should not 
 deem it robbery to be equal with the truth and Spirit of 
 Goodness, we should not deem it robbery to put on the 
 whole armor of righteousness, the whole armor of truth, the 
 whole armor of perfection. None but the meek and lowly 
 in personality can take this yoke upon them and learn oi 
 Spirit, or consciously realize their unity with the Infinite. 
 But they who through meekness rise above personality, or 
 beliefs of selfishness, distinction or separateness, will be able 
 to take this yoke or realization of truth upon them, which 
 is freedom from limitation and rest from fear. Unity, and 
 not division, is the pathway of truth and life. Be not divided 
 in consciousness by sense-seeing, and you will cease to labor 
 with the shadows or symbols of life ; give up the testimony 
 of the senses and all the things of sense for truth and life, and 
 dominion will be gained over the world of sense, and you 
 will know, as did Christ, that you arc the truth and life. 
 The same consciousness and truth that bound Christ to God, 
 
TAKE MY YOKE UPON YOU. 2-} 5 
 
 or Goodness, is the yoke that connects all to God, or Good- 
 ness. Therefore take this yoke upon you, and you will let 
 that mind be in you that was in Christ Jesus, and have 
 nothing between you and God ; this is rest. 
 
 ETERNAL PUNISHMENT. 
 
 To solve this question, which has troubled the thought 
 of so many persons, and which has caused so much fear, 
 doubt and anxiety that bear not fruit of the Spirit, because 
 they are the opposite of love, faith and rest it is necessary 
 that we learn what the word 4 ' eternal ' ' means, and what 
 that is, which is eternal. All are agreed that life, love, 
 truth, that power, wisdom and goodness are eternal ; or that 
 Mind, idea, or Spirit is eternal ; the word represents that 
 which is without beginning or end without end of being or 
 duration the state of being the same at all times. Then 
 naught but the unchangeable is eternal ; and naught but the 
 eternal is unchangeable. No existing thing or form is 
 without change. The action of thought is a continuous or 
 never-ending change. Therefore it is unthinkable that that 
 which is eternal, and which is unchangeable love and good- 
 ness, can create or manifest, or cause to be manifest, that 
 which is not in the image and likeness of itself. Universal 
 love, which has no respect to person, cannot inflict eternal 
 punishment on anything trmt it makes, for all that it make? 
 
246 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 is good, and is like unto itself, which is Goodness. Punish- 
 ment is supposed to be inflicted upon immortal souls for the 
 violation of divine law, and as God's law is infinite love, if 
 He were to inflict eternal punishment upon any of His 
 creations for not fulfilling' the law of love, He would violate 
 His own law thereby. Then, dear friends, consider the 
 meaning of the word "eternal," and you will clearly per- 
 ceive and know that that which is real cannot punish or be 
 punished, cannot afflict or be afflicted, for that which is in 
 the image and likeness of Spirit is in perfect harmony with 
 Spirit, as the mental problem is in perfect harmony with the 
 principle. It is an eternal truth, however, that the testimony 
 of the senses, when unillumined by spirit perception, 
 testifies against the Spirit, or all that is eternal ; and this 
 has ever been and will ever be the same. As thought is 
 ever based in the premise from which we draw our con- 
 clusions, so if the testimony of the senses be taken as 
 authority, the thought is based in effect, not in Spirit ; and 
 thus we calculate from our incorrect work, and not from 
 principle. It is truth that we ever feel our own thought, 
 and it is the source of our pleasure or pain. From a false 
 premise, one that is ever changing, we cannot draw truthful 
 conclusions, and feeling or sensation will ever suffer or be 
 punished, as it were, at the hand of sense judgment ; this is 
 eternally true, or ever the same. It is fear, doubt, anxiety, 
 falsehood, or all negation of God, that will weep and wail 
 when they are cast, into the fiery furnace of eternal truth, to 
 be consumed ; and not the reality, or immortal soul. Again, 
 
ETERNAL PUNISHMENT. 247 
 
 it is an eternal truth, that sensible conclusions conclusions 
 -e or false beliefs, which are neither reasonable nor 
 truthful, are the punishments inflicted, and this is ever the 
 source of suffering. But as thought is continually changing, 
 so every one who is instructed into the Kingdom of Heaven, 
 bringeth forth divine love in their thought, and by fulfilling 
 the law love are in Heaven, in a realization of the presence 
 <>t ( j< x:l, ( r ( ji )i xlness, for God is love. 
 
PARAGRAPHS. 
 
 Statements of Truth are never cutting to those who are 
 in Truth. 
 
 Shrink not from identifying yourself with God, "in 
 which you live," for this is the truth that frees from beliefs 
 of limitation and suffering. 
 
 Christian Healing is healing by the power of Infinite 
 Spirit. Spiritual healing is healing as Christ did ; therefore 
 the t\vo are one. 
 
 The object of Buddha's investigation was to find the 
 cause of misery, and the remedy for it. Gautama Buddha 
 found the cause to be ignorance ; Christ Jesus demonstrated 
 the remedy to be understanding. 
 
 As long as the individual believes that he has two 
 natures, one good and the other evil, thought presents 
 sometimes one belief and sometimes the other ; and just so 
 long will there be doubt, uncertainty, no knowledge of 
 the Permanent. 
 
 The word of God is the truth of Spirit, and can only be 
 spiritually understood. Attempting to understand scriptural 
 teaching or the truth of Infinite Spirit by intellectual, or sense 
 seeing, is like trying to measure the Infinite by personality. 
 
PARAGRAPHS. 249 
 
 Through sense seeing, personal will and desire, mental- 
 ity is veiled from a perception of truth and perfect under- 
 standing. The perception of truth is light, in which there is 
 no darkness. 
 
 Expressions of life are in powerful thought. That which 
 is called death is a denial of life, or power. That which is 
 loved, is held in thought and bears fruit. 
 
 The ear that heareth the silent voice is understanding. 
 To maintain a deaf ear to the senses, is to open it to the 
 silence. \Ye are taught from life eternal, the Spirit of Truth. 
 
 Image God in thy thought, and thus wilt thou prove 
 thy faith, peace, and truth to thyself. Compare thy deed 
 with the goodness of the Father, and thus wilt thou know the 
 Master thou servest. The faithful servant doeth the will of 
 the master, and thus is the edenic order maintained. 
 
 He who heareth the reproof of truth and rejecteth it 
 not, but abideth in its decision, is in the way that leadeth to 
 a realization of eternal freedom. 
 
 To account for our existence is to solve the problem 
 of life. 
 
 The awakened are those who have become conscious 
 that it is not they, personally, or individually, who live, but 
 the Father in them. 
 
 The law of nature is love in its harmonious and regular 
 order of action, that by which God governs the universe. 
 
 To give alms before men to be seen of them, is to give 
 
250 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 lor vain and selfish motive, with desire for reward ; and if a 
 gift be offered with such motive or purpose, the reward 
 cannot be from the Spirit of Goodness, because the motive 
 is not based therein. When the motive or purpose be like 
 unto God, then God is manifest in it. "Verily, all receive 
 their reward." 
 
 To hold all in love and truth, is to do what the Father 
 doeth ; so, the recompense at the resurrection of the just is 
 justice. "With what measure ye mete, it shall be meted 
 to you again." 
 
 Consciousness of Truth is eternal Lite. Truthful 
 thoughts make truthful statements, which bud, bloom, and 
 produce the fruit of Spirit. 
 
 The Aura, or thought emanations of the awakened, 
 electrify the atmosphere with the healing balm of Truth, for 
 all who come within their mental sphere, as the flowers 
 extend their fragrance to all who come within their sphere. 
 
 Love is our being ; and this we seek to manifest by our 
 thoughts. Thus we may base our love either in the spirit 
 or in the material. That is, we thus think we are Spirit, or 
 Matter. In the one case we decide we are Goodness ; in 
 the other case we decide we are its forms. We cannot serve 
 both God and Mammon. 
 
 DIVINE LAW is LOVE. 
 
 'He that loveth, knoweth God, for God is love ;" the 
 
DIVINE LAW. 251 
 
 same is obedient to the law of his being. As thought is an 
 expression of the thinker, or is the action of being : hence 
 the expression or thought must be obedient to the law, Love, 
 if if* expressions be harmonious. The Sons of God love all 
 life and all things ; they are like the Sun, that shines equally 
 upon the seeming evil and upon the good, and like the rain, 
 that comes to the just and unjust alike. To be a Son is to 
 do what the Father doeth. The awakened know what they 
 possess, and their purpose is to give continually, that the 
 law may be fulfilled. 
 
 READ BETWEEN THE LINES. 
 
 When we speak the word of Spirit, we speak to all, 
 for all. 
 
 When we commune with Spirit, we commune with 
 all, for all. 
 
 Such speaking and communing are impersonal. 
 
 When our speaking is personal, we commune with like 
 mental states, which is in part, but "when that which is 
 perfect is come, that which is in part shall be done away." 
 
 THE WAV OF APPROVAL. 
 
 If it be difficult for us to love our neighbours and 
 acquaintances because of something they may have said or 
 
252 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 done which we did not see fit to approve, then to love them 
 is the thing we most need to do ; we should never allow the 
 error of a sister or brother to prevent us from expressing 
 the all-saving power of love toward them ; we cannot expect 
 to be strong in good and be healed ourselves until we arise 
 and do things that are difficult. ' ' To him that overcometh 
 will I give to wear the crown of life. ' ' 
 
 To judge of our true condition by examination of the 
 physical body, is morally wrong. To judge of our capabilities 
 by the present degree of manifested truth, is mental darkness 
 and limitation. It is setting up our present manifestations 
 against the government of Infinite Spirit. Error is without 
 the reality of truth, therefore it is without reality. As we 
 awaken to the reality of Spirit, we lose thought of matter as 
 profiting anything ; and the less we think about bodies, the 
 more harmony do we express. 
 
 Truth is the bread of life, for it is the remedy for all 
 misconceptions and seeming inharmony. Know the truth 
 and live in it, and it will free you from all limitations. 
 
 Just as much of Truth as we recognize, just so much 
 and neither more nor less do we manifest. To each one 
 is given according to the measure of the gift of Christ. To 
 the degree that we think truth, to that degree do we mani- 
 fest Christ. 
 
 Not until we claim the truth of Infinite Being as the 
 truth of all being, shall be known for ourselves, that God is 
 in us, or have we perceived righteous judgment. 
 
PARAGRAPHS. 253 
 
 The harvest of Truth is always ripe ; postpone not 
 gathering in your harvest, thinking that in weeks or months 
 it will be ripe. To-morrow never comes to-day is the 
 harvesting time. 
 
ILLUMINATION. 
 
 THE WAY AND WILL OF UNIVERSAL SPIRIT REVEALED 
 TO THE INDIVIDUAL. 
 
 1. In the silent, soundless Presence, there is a still 
 small voice which speaks and says, "Be thou (O Son of 
 my Being), instructed in wisdom's way; know thou this 
 truth, that I am forever and forever One, Infinite, and indi- 
 visible ; and the icav of One, is the way of unity forever- 
 more. If thy thought doth abide in the Unity of my way, 
 thy decisions will be illumined with mine own truth, which 
 leadeth into my kingdom of perfect Goodness, where all 
 good doth abide forever and forever. 
 
 2. Live thou in the way of truth ; it forsaketh thee 
 never, and surely doth it lead unto Me ; so shalt thou come 
 unto, and dwell safely in me, and thou shalt share the 
 wealth of my kingdom. My love, and my faith, and my 
 goodness, shall be thine now and forevermore ; nor wilt 
 thou know fear, nor pain, nor sorrow. 
 
 3. Unite thy way to wisdom's way, and more and 
 more shall thine understanding increase into a perfect whole. 
 So shalt thou truly dwell in the land of freedom, where 
 reality and perfection cloth abide forever and forever. 
 
 4. Let not thy thought depart from Me, and wander 
 
ILLUMINATION. 255 
 
 in the fertile land of effects. Image My love and My truth 
 in thought, seal it to Me, as reality is sealed to Me, as father 
 and son, or mother and child, are sealed, the one to the 
 other ; as Infinite Mind and idea, and idea and thought, are 
 sealed, the one to the other. So shalt thy way be clear, and 
 thy charge be light. 
 
 5. Thou wilt ever gather fruit from the way in which 
 attention is directed by thy thought by the way in which it 
 lights thy mental vision. Let not thy thought turn from 
 understanding, out of wisdom's way, for unity leadeth into 
 My kingdom ; so shalt thou enter by that way, and gather 
 the golden fruit thereof in thine experience. Full is that 
 consciousness which understands that I am All in All, and 
 that it is in Me and I in it. In this truth all is contained : 
 on this tree of life hangs the golden fruit of My kingdom, 
 which is for all who will partake. 
 
 6. Oh son of my Being, if thou wouldst be instructed 
 further in the way of Unity and wisdom, know thou this 
 truth : that My love and will, My purpose, and My thought, 
 must be made thine ; I, being Infinite, cannot be less than 
 All. My idea can be known only as perfect and Infinite. 
 My expressions are images like unto Myself, nor canst thou 
 abide in truth, and justice, and love, without consciously 
 abiding in My way. 
 
 7. Adjust thou all thy ways unto Me ; hold thy thought 
 in the perfect idea and consciousncs> : so. verily shalt thou 
 come unto Me, and dwell safelv in Me. and know that as 
 
256 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 thou art in Me, and that / am in thee, much fruit will result 
 therefrom, to feed my children which do hunger and thirst 
 after righteousness. I am One, and My kingdom is one. 
 Walk thou, dear one, in the way of Unity, and thou shalt 
 know the wholeness of My Being, and the harmony of My 
 way, which is Unity, Love, One-ness and Atonement, now 
 and forever. 
 
UNDERSTANDING. 
 
 SCIENCE HEALS. TRUTH FREES. 
 
 There is no error in Principle. There is no error in the 
 solution of Principle. 
 
 There is no error in the example of the solution of 
 Principle. 
 
 There is no possibility of error in God, the Creator. 
 
 There is no error expressed in the image of God, the 
 Creator. 
 
 There is no error in the symbol of the image of God, 
 the Creator. 
 
 Principle is eternal and infinite perfection. 
 
 The solution of the principle of the eternal and infinite 
 perfection is eternally perfect. 
 
 The example of the perfect solution of Eternal and 
 Infinite Perfection is always the work perfected. 
 
 God, the Creator, is Eternal and Infinite Perfection. 
 
 The image of God, the Creator, is eternally perfect. 
 
 The symbol of the image of God, the Creator, is always 
 the work perfected. 
 
 There is no possibility of error in God's idea. 
 
 There is no error imaged in the ideal expression of 
 God's idea. 
 
258 SCIENCE AND HEALING. 
 
 There is no error in the spoken word or symbol of the 
 ideal image of God's idea. 
 
 The attributes or Inherencies of God's idea are perfectly 
 expressed in the image of His idea the son, and the symbol 
 of the image of His idea or son, is witnessed in earth, in 
 perfected form, word and deed. 
 
 All is good. All is perfect. God's ways are just and 
 right. 
 
 ' ' He is our peace who hath made both One, and hath 
 broken down the middle wall of partition ; having abolished 
 in his flesh the enmity, * * for to make in himself of 
 twain one new man, so making peace." The recognition 
 and affirmation of the above truths have slain within us the 
 belief of enmity for each and all ; for we have witnessed the 
 perfect reconciliation of both the ideal and material creation 
 to God by the cross. Science is freedom and health. 
 
HARMONY I 
 
 A monthly waga~inc devoted to Truth, the Science of 
 
 Infinite Spirit, Wisdom, and the Christ 
 
 Method of Healing. 
 
 TERMS : 
 
 TV WFRTO* / One - year t 1 '* IN AUSTRALASIA f One year. . . 75. 
 \Singlecopy .15 AND BRITAIN, (Single copy gd. 
 
 A club of six yearly subscriptions, $7.50. Each issue contains 
 a practical class lesson in Science and Healing. Subscribers should 
 make their remittances by Post Office order, payable to 
 
 M. E. CRAMER, 
 
 324 Seventeenth Street, San Francisco^ Cat. 
 
he Tiome (f/olleqe. 
 
 @J & 
 
 324 SEVENTEENTH STREET, - SAN FRANCISCO, CAL 
 
 M. E. CRAMER, President 
 
 This College has been incorporated under the Laws of the 
 State of California, for instruction in the Science of Infinite Spirit, 
 and its Therapeutic application. One course of instruction con- 
 sists of twelve lessons. Two lessons each week, on Tuesdays and 
 Fridays, at 2 p. M. Hours for consultation and healing, from 10 
 A. M. to 2 p. M., daily, except Sundays. All communications will 
 receive prompt attention. All who have studied Divine Science, 
 desiring to enter the Normal Class, will be admitted if found 
 competent upon examination. 
 
 Special arrangements made for husband and wife attending 
 the Normal Class. Students and patients from the country cau 
 obtain rooms and board near the College. Students from the 
 College are in successful practice. 
 
 Arrangements can be made with the President for a College 
 course, or for class instruction in other localities, if desired. 
 Prospectus upon application. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 MAY A 101$ 
 
 9lul'57J Z 
 
 REC'D 
 
 191957 
 
 IN STACKS 
 
 311957 
 
 
fcv 
 
 X 260155